Nokia 3155 User Manual
i Nokia 3 155 User Guide
ii Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved. LEGAL INFORM ATION Copyright é2005 N okia. All rights reserved. Nokia, Nokia Connecting People, Nokia 3155, Pop-Portâ¢, and the Nokia Original Enhancements logos are trademarks or registered trademar ks of Nokia Corporation. Other company and product names mentioned herein may be trademarks or trade names of their res pectiv e ow ners. Copyright é19 99-2005. Tegic Communications, Inc. All rights reserved. Includes RSA BSAFE cryptographic or security protocol software from RSA Se cu r ity . Java⢠is a trademar k of Sun Microsystems, Inc. The information contained in this user gui de was written for the Nokia 3155 products. Nokia operates a policy of ongoing development. Nokia reserves the r ight to make changes to any of the products described in this document without prior notice. UNDER N O CIRCUMST ANCES SHALL NOKIA BE RESPO NSIBLE FOR A NY LOSS OF DATA OR INCO ME OR AN Y SPECI AL, INCIDEN TAL , AND CO NSEQU ENTIA L OR IN DIRECT DAMAG ES HOWSOEVER CAUS ED. THE CONTENTS OF THIS DOCUMENT ARE PROVIDED âÂÂAS IS.â EXCEPT AS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW, NO WARRA NTIES OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INC LUDING, BUT NOT L IMITED TO, T HE IMPLIED WA RRANTIES OF MERCH ANTABILITY AN D FITNESS FOR A PARTIC ULAR PURPO SE, ARE MADE IN RELATION T O THE ACCU RACY AND RELIABILIT Y OR CONTEN TS OF T HIS DOCUME NT. NOKIA RESERV ES THE RIGH T TO REVISE TH IS DOCUM ENT OR W ITHDRAW IT AT AN YTIME WI THOUT PRIO R NOTICE. EXPORT CONTROLS Th is device may c ontain commodities, technology, or software subject to export laws and regulations from the U.S. and other countries. Diversion contrary to law is prohibited. Issue 1
iii Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved. Contents For your safe ty .... .. .. ..... ... .. ..... ... .. ..... .. ... vi About your dev ice ..... .. ..... ... .. ..... ... .. .... v ii Network Serv ices .... ... ..... .. ... ..... .. ... .... .. v ii Shared memory ....... ... .. ..... ... ..... .. ... .... . vii i Phone at a glance . ..... .. ..... ... .. ..... ... .... ... . 1 Keys and part s .. ..... .. ... ..... .. ... ..... .. ..... .. ... . 1 Standby mode . ..... .. ..... .. ... ..... .. ..... ... .. ..... . 2 Quick keys ..... ... ..... .. .. ..... ... .. ..... ... .. ... .... ... . 2 Indicat ors and icons . ..... .. ..... ... .. ..... .. .... 2 Get the m ost out of this guide .......... 3 Phone menus .. ..... .. .. ..... ... .. ..... ... ..... .. .. .... 3 Scroll method ... .... ... .. ..... ... .. ..... ... .... ... . 4 In- phone h elp..... ..... .. ... ..... .. ... ..... .. .. .... 4 Security feat ure .... .. ..... ... .. ..... ... ..... .. .. .... 4 Go to functi ons ..... .. ..... ... .. ..... ... .. ..... .. ... . 5 Choos e Go to function s ....... ..... .. .. .... 5 Organ ise fun ctions...... .. ... ..... .. ..... .. ... . 5 Set up your ph one .. ..... ... .. ..... ... ..... .. .. .... 6 Antenna .... ... .. ..... ... .. ..... .. ... ..... .. ... ..... .. .. .... 6 Battery . ... ..... .. ..... ... .. ..... .. ... ..... .. ... ..... .. .. .... 6 Rem ove the bac k cover .... ..... ... .. ..... . 7 Remo ve the batt ery .... .. ..... ... .. ..... .. ... . 7 UI M card slot ...... .. ... ..... .. ... ..... .. ..... .. ... . 7 Replac e the batter y .... ..... .. ..... ... .. ..... . 7 Replac e the back cover .. ..... .. ... .... ... . 8 Charge the bat tery...... .. ... ..... .. ..... .. ... . 8 Turn your phone on or off ... ... ..... .. ..... . 9 Connect t he headset ..... ..... .. ... ..... .. .. .... 9 Make a call . .. ... ..... .. .. ..... ... .. ..... ... .. ..... .. ... . 9 Key pad ...... .. ... ..... .. .. ..... ... .. ..... ... .. ..... .. ... . 9 Co ntacts l ist... ... .. ..... .. ... ..... .. ... ..... .. .. .. 1 0 Las t diall ed n umber .... .. ... ..... .. ..... .. .. 10 Confere nce c alling .... ........... ............ 10 Answer cal ls . ... ..... .. .. ..... ... .. ..... ... .. ..... .. .. 10 An inco ming cal l . ..... ... .. ..... ... .. ..... .. .. 10 Adjust the earpiece v olume . ..... .. .. 11 Answer a c all wi th the keyp ad locked..... ..... .. ... ..... .. ... ..... .. .. .. 11 Loudspe aker ..... ... ..... .. .. ..... ... .. ..... ... .. .. 11 Call option s ...... ... ..... .. .. ..... ... ..... .. ... .... 11 Keygu ard .. .. ..... ... .. ..... ... .. ..... .. ... ..... .. ... .... 12 Lock t he key pad ... ..... .. ... .. ..... ... .. ..... .. 12 Unlo ck the k eypad . .. .. ..... ... .. ..... ... .. .. 12 Text ent ry ...... .. ... ..... .. ... .... ... .. ..... ... .. ..... .. 13 Standard mode ...... .. ... .... ... ..... .. ... ..... .. .. 13 Text (Abc ) .... ... ..... .. ... .... ... .. ..... ... .. ..... .. 13 Numbers ( 123 ) ..... ... .. ..... .. ..... ... .. ..... .. 13 Punct uation and special charact ers ...... ... .. ..... ... .. ..... .. 13 Predict ive t ext m ode .... ..... ... .. ..... ... .... 13 Activate or de activ ate ...... .. ..... ... .... 14 Text en try ....... .. ... ..... .. .. ..... ... .. ..... ... .. .. 14 Change cas e and mode ..... ... ..... .. ... .... 14 Messages.. .. ... ..... .. ... ..... .. .. ..... ... .. ..... ... .. .. 15 Text mess ages... ..... .. ... .... ... .. ..... ... .. ..... .. 15 Compose and s end ... .. ... ..... .. ..... ... .. .. 15 Read message ...... ... .. ..... .. ... ..... .. ... .... 17 Reply t o mess age ....... ... .. ..... ... .. ..... .. 17 Templa tes .... ... .. ..... ... .. ..... .. ... ..... .. ... .... 18 Text mess age fold ers .... ..... .. ... ..... .. .. 18 Distribut ion list .... ..... .. ... ..... .. ..... ... .. .. 19 Delete m essages ....... .. ..... ... .. ..... ... .. .. 19 Change s ending optio ns........ .. ... .... 20 Change mes sage sett ings ..... .. ..... .. 20 Pictur e mess ages .. ..... .. .. ..... ... .. ..... ... .. .. 21 Receiv e an d s ave .... .... ... .. ..... ... .. ..... .. 21 Compose and s end ... .. ... ..... .. ..... ... .. .. 21 Multim edia mess ages...... .. ..... ... .. ..... .. 22 MMS settings ....... ... .... ... .. ..... ... .. ..... .. 23 Voice m essages .. ..... ... .. ..... .. ... ..... .. ... .. .. 27 Save voi ce mailbox number ...... .. .. 27 Call and set up voice mail ..... ..... .. .. 27 List en to voic e mes sages ... ... ..... .. .. 27 Automat e voice m ail ...... ... ..... .. ... .... 27 Clear vo ice mail i con...... ... .. ..... ... .... 29 Web mes saging ..... .. ... .... ... ..... .. ... ..... .. .. 29
iv Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved. Call regi ster ..... ... ..... .. .. ..... ... ..... .. ... ..... .. 30 Vie w missed ca lls ....... ... .. ..... ... .. ..... ... .. 30 Vie w receiv ed call s ....... .. ... ..... .. ... .. ..... 30 View di alled numb ers... .. ... ..... .. ..... ... .. 31 View cal l ti mes .... .. ..... .. ... ..... .. ... .. ..... 31 Delete cal l regist ers ... ... .. ..... ... ..... .. ... .. 31 Call du ration .... ... .. ..... .. ..... ... .. ..... ... .. ..... 31 Data and fax call dura tion ........ .. ..... 32 Minibrowser du ration ....... .. ..... ... .. ..... 32 Contacts.. ... .. ..... ... .. ..... .. ... ..... .. ... ..... .. ... .. 34 Add ne w con tacts ...... ... ..... .. ... ..... .. ... .. 34 Save c ontac t name an d nu mber . 34 Save contact n umber only ..... .. ..... 34 Save an entry . . ..... .. .. ..... ... .. ..... ... .. ..... 34 Save numbers an d text i tems ...... 34 Change defaul t number ....... ... ..... .. 35 Caller groups ..... ... .... ... .. ..... ... ..... .. ... .. 35 Set up speed dial ....... .. ..... ... .. ..... ... .. 35 Voice t ags ....... .. ... ..... .. .. ..... ... .. ..... ... .. ..... 36 Assign a voic e tag to an en try ..... 36 Dial a numb er ... ..... .. ... ..... .. ... ..... .. ... .. 36 Voice t ags ..... ... .. ..... .. ... ..... .. ... ..... .. ... .. 37 Edit con tacts li st ent ries .... ... ..... .. ... .. 37 Delete co nta cts e ntri es ...... ... .. ..... ... .. 38 Access t he cont acts menu.... ..... .. ... .. 38 Search for a name ..... .. ..... ... ..... .. ... .. 38 Configur e s ett ings ..... .. ... ..... .. ... ..... .. 38 Send and rece ive conta cts ........ .. ... .. 39 Send a busi nes s ca rd ....... ... ..... .. ..... 39 Galle ry ..... ... ..... .. ... ..... .. .. ..... ... .. ... ..... .. ... .. 40 Folde rs ... ..... .. ... ..... .. ... .... ... .. ..... ... .. ..... ... .. 40 Media.. ..... ... .. ..... ... .. ..... .. ... ..... .. ... ..... .. ... .. 42 Media play er .... ... .. ..... .. ... ..... .. ... ..... .. ..... 42 Radio . ..... .. ... ..... .. ... ..... .. .. ..... ... ..... .. ... ..... .. 42 Turn t he radio on and off ......... ... .. 42 Voice rec order ...... ... .... ... .. ..... ... .. ..... ... .. 43 Record spee ch or sound..... .. ..... ... .. 44 Options ..... ... ..... .. ... .... ... .. ..... ... .. ..... ... .. 44 Media equal ise r . .. ..... .. ... ..... .. ..... ... .. ..... 44 Activat e an equalis er se t ... ..... .. ... .. 44 Setti ngs ... .. ..... ... .. ..... ... .. ..... .. ... ..... .. ... ..... 46 Profiles .... .. ..... ... .. ..... ... .. ..... .. ... ..... .. ..... ... 46 Personali se a profile ... ..... .. ..... ... .. ... 46 Set a timed profile .... .. ..... .. ..... ... .. ... 4 6 Tone set ti ngs ..... ... ..... .. ... .. ..... .. ... ..... .. ... 47 Them es .. .... ... .. ... ..... .. ... ..... .. .. ..... ... .. ..... ... 47 Main dis play s etting s ..... .. ..... ... .. ..... ... 47 Wallpape r ....... ... ..... .. ... .... ... .. ..... ... .. ... 47 Screen sav er ...... .. ... ..... .. .. ..... ... .. ..... ... 48 Power save r ....... .. ... ..... .. .. ..... ... .. ..... ... 48 Colou r sch emes ..... .. ... .... ... ..... .. ... ..... 48 Choose a banne r ..... ..... .. ... ..... .. ... ..... 4 8 Backlig ht t im e-out .... .. .. ..... ... .. ..... ... 48 Mini display se ttings .... .. ..... .. ... ..... .. ... 48 Power save r ....... .. ... ..... .. .. ..... ... .. ..... ... 48 Time and date setti ngs .... ... ..... .. ..... ... 48 Clock... .. ..... .. ... ..... .. ... ..... .. .. ..... ... .. ..... ... 48 Date .... .. .. ..... ... .. ..... ... .. ..... .. ... ..... .. ... ..... 4 8 Date and tim e auto-updat e..... .. ... 4 9 Call se ttin gs ..... .. ..... ... .. ..... .. ... ..... .. ... ..... 4 9 Anykey ans wer ...... .. ... .... ... .. ..... ... .. ... 49 Automati c redia l ..... ..... .. ..... ... .. ..... ... 49 Speed dial .. ..... ... .. ..... ... .... ... .. ..... ... .. ... 49 Open fold to an swer ..... ... .. ..... ... .. ... 50 Calling card . ................................ ...... 50 Internat ion al prefi x ..... .. ..... ... .. ..... ... 51 Data or fax call s .... .. ..... .. ... ..... .. ... ..... 51 Call su mmary .... ..... .. ... .... ... .. ..... ... .. ... 51 Ringing tone for no calle r ID..... ... 51 Phone s etti ngs ..... ..... .. ... .... ... ..... .. ... ..... 52 Phone langu age ...... ... .. ..... .. ..... ... .. ... 52 Memory stat us ...... .. ..... .. ... ..... .. ... ..... 5 2 Automati c keygua rd ..... ... ..... .. ... ..... 5 2 DTMF tone s .... ..... ... .. ..... .. ... ..... .. ... ..... 5 2 Start-up t one .... .. ..... ... .. ..... .. ... ..... .. ... 53 Help tex t acti vation ...... ... .. ..... ... .. ... 53 Voice c ommands ...... .. ... .... ... .. ..... ... .. ... 53 Hands-fre e operati on ... ..... ... .. ..... ... 53 Enha ncement sett ing s ..... ... .. ..... ... .. ... 54 Headset .... .. ..... ... .. ..... ... .. ..... .. ... ..... .. ... 54 Hands-fre e operati on ... ..... ... .. ..... ... 54 Loopset ..... .. ..... ... .. ..... ... .... ... .. ..... ... .. ... 55
v Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved. Charge r....... ... .. ..... .. ... ..... .. ... ..... .. ... .... .. 55 Security s ettings ..... ... ..... .. ... ..... .. ... .... .. 55 Phone l ock .... .. ..... .. ..... ... .. ..... ... .. ..... .. .. 55 Allow nu mbers ..... ... .. ..... ... .. ..... ... .... .. 56 Change lock code ..... ..... ... ..... .. ... .... .. 56 Cal l re stric tions.... ... ..... .. ..... ... .. ..... .. .. 57 Voi ce priv acy .... .... ... .. ..... ... .. ..... ... .... .. 5 7 Applicati on s etti ngs . . ..... .. ..... ... .. ..... .. .. 58 Network .... ..... ... .. ..... .. ... ..... .. ... ..... .. ... .... .. 58 Roamin g options ...... ... ..... .. ... ..... .. .... 58 Mode .... .. ..... ... .. ..... .. ... ..... .. ... ..... .. ..... .. .. 58 Network serv ices. .. .. ..... ... .. ..... ... .. ..... .. .. 59 Store a fe ature c ode........ .. ..... ... .. .... 59 Cal l div ertin g . ... .... ... .. ..... ... ..... .. ... .... .. 59 Restore factory setti ngs.. ... ..... .. ..... .. .. 60 Organise r ..... ..... .. ... .... ... .. ..... ... .. ..... ... .. .... 61 Alarm clock. .. ... ..... .. .. ..... ... ..... .. ... ..... .. .. .. 61 Set or change alarm settin g ..... .. .. 61 Repea t alarm . ..... .. ..... ... .. ..... ... .. ..... .. .. 61 Set the alarm tone ... ... ..... .. ... ..... .. .. .. 61 Snooze t ime-o ut ...... ... ..... .. ... ..... .. .. .. 61 Alarm cond iti ons ...... ... ..... .. ... ..... .. .. .. 61 Turn an alarm off ........ .. ..... ... .. ..... .. .. 62 Calendar ...... .. ... ..... .. .. ..... ... .. ..... ... .. ..... .. .. 62 Open..... ..... .. ... .. ..... .. ... ..... .. ... ..... .. ... .... .. 62 Go to a date ... ... .... ... .. ..... ... ..... .. ... .... .. 62 Note a s pec ific dat e ..... ... .. ..... ... .. .... 6 2 Vi ew notes ( day v iew) ....... ... .. ..... .. .. 62 Options wh ile viewing a lis t of notes ..... .. ... ..... .. ..... ... .. ..... .. .. 63 Send a no te .... ..... .. ... ..... .. ..... ... .. ..... .. .. 63 Notes .... ... .. ..... ... .. ..... .. ... ..... .. ... ..... .. ... .... .. 64 To-do list ....... ... ..... .. .. ..... ... .. ..... ... .. ..... .. .. 64 Add a to-do not e .... .. ..... ... ..... .. ... .... .. 64 Calculat or ..... ..... ... .. ..... .. ... ..... .. ... ..... .. .... 65 Curre ncy c onver ter ....... ... .. ..... ... .... .. 66 Countdown tim er . ..... .. ... ..... .. ... ..... .. .. .. 66 Set the time r . ..... .. ... ..... .. ... ..... .. ... .... .. 66 Change the ti me ..... ..... .. ... ..... .. ... .... .. 67 Int errupt the t imer ..... .. ... ..... .. ..... .. .. 67 Stopwatch ....... .. ..... .. ... ..... .. ... ..... .. ..... .. .. 67 Measure ti me ..... .. ..... .. ... ..... .. ... ..... .. .. 67 Operatio n note..... ... .... ... .. ..... ... .. ..... .. 68 Options .... ... .. ..... ... .. ..... .. ... ..... .. ..... ... .. .. 68 Extras ..... ... .. ..... ... .. ..... ... .. ..... .. ... ..... .. ... .... 69 Games .... ..... ... .. ..... ... .. ..... .. ... ..... .. ... .. ..... .. 69 Collec tio n ...... .. ... ..... .. ... .... ... .. ..... ... .. ..... .. 69 Memory .... .. ..... ... .. ..... ... .. ..... .. ... ..... .. ... .... 69 Mobile web ... ..... ... .. ..... .. ... ..... .. ... ..... .. .. 70 Mobile Intern et ac cess.... ..... .. ..... ... .. .. 70 Sign on .. ..... ... .. ..... ... .. ..... .. ... ..... .. ..... ... .. .. 71 Navigate the mobile Interne t.... ... .... 71 Phone keys .. ..... ... .. ..... .. ... ..... .. ... ..... .. .. 71 Receiv e a cal l while online........ .. .. 71 Make a n emerge n cy cal l while online ..... ..... ... .. .. ..... ... .. ..... ... .. .. 71 Clear t he cac he an d dis connec t... 72 PC connec tivit y ..... ..... .. .. ..... ... .. ..... ... .. .. 73 USB data tr ansfer ...... .. ..... .. ... ..... .. ... .... 73 Transfer w ith Win dows Explorer . 73 Nokia PC Suit e....... .. ..... .. ... ..... .. ..... ... .. .. 74 Enhanc ement s .... ..... ... .. ..... .. ... .. ..... ... .. .. 75 Battery information .... ..... .. ..... ... .. ..... .. 76 Charging and di scharging ..... ..... ... .. .. 76 Nok ia batte ry authe ntication guidel ines... ... ..... .. ... ..... .. .. ..... ... .. ..... ... .. .. 77 Care an d ma intenanc e .... .. ... ..... .. ..... .. 79 Additional safe ty informatsion ...... .. 80 Operat ing env ironment... ..... .. ... ..... .. .. 80 Medical devices.. ... ..... .. .. ..... ... .. ..... ... .. .. 80 Vehic les ...... ... .. ..... ... .. ..... .. ... .. ..... ... .. ..... .. 81 Potent ially explosive environm ent s ...... ... ..... .. .. ..... ... .. ..... ... .. .. 81 Emergenc y call s ...... ... .... ... .. ..... ... .. ..... .. 82 Certifica tion inform ation (SAR) ...... 82 Index ...... ... .. ..... ... ..... .. ... .... ... .. ..... ... .. ..... .. 84
For your safety vi Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved. For y o ur sa fe ty Rea d the se simple guidelines. Not following them m ay be dangerous or illegal. Re ad the complete user guide for further in formation. SWITCH ON SAFELY Do not switch th e devic e on when wire l ess pho ne u se is prohibite d or when it may caus e interference or danger. ROAD SAFETY COMES FIRST Obey all local la ws. Alwa ys keep y our ha nds f ree t o ope rat e th e ve hic l e whil e driving. Your firs t cons ideration wh ile driving should be road safety. INTERFERENCE Do not switch th e devic e on when wire l ess pho ne u se is prohibite d or when it may caus e interference or danger. SWITCH OFF IN HOSPITALS Follow any restric tions. Switc h the device off near medic al equipme nt. SWIT CH OFF IN AIRCRAF T Follow any restric tions. Wirel ess de vices can cau se interfere nce in aircraft. SWITCH OFF WHEN REF UE LL I NG Do n't use the devi ce at a refuelling poin t. Don't use near fu el o r chem ica ls . SWITCH O FF NEAR BL ASTING Follow a ny restrict ions. Do n' t us e t he d e vic e w h ere blasting is in progress. USE SE N SIBLY Use only in the normal position as explaine d in the product doc umentation. Do n' t tou c h th e ant e nna unne cessa rily. QUALIFIED SERVICE Only qual ified personnel may ins tall or repair this product. ENHANCEMENTS AND BAT TERIES Use only approved enh anc emen ts and batterie s. Do not conne ct incompati ble products. WATER- RESISTANCE Your phone is not water- r e s i s t a n t . K e e p i t d r y . BACK-U P COPIES Reme mber t o ma ke bac k- up copies or ke ep a w ritte n record of all importan t information. CONN ECT ING T O OT HER DEV IC ES Whe n connec ting to any other device, read its use r guide for detailed safety instruction s. Do not conne ct incompa tible products.
For your safety vii Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved. EMERGENCY CALLS Ensure t he de vice is switche d on and in serv ice. Pres s t he e nd ke y as many times as nee ded to clea r the display a nd return to th e main sc reen. Enter the emerg e ncy num ber , t he n pres s t he c al l ke y. Gi ve yo ur location. Do not e nd the call u ntil given permiss ion to do so. â About your device The wireless devices described in this gui de a re ap pro ved for us e on the CDMA 80 0 and 1900 a nd AMPS netw orks. C ontact you r se rvice provider for more informat ion about networks. Whe n using the features in this de vice, obey all laws and respect privacy and the legitimate rights of others. Warning: To use any feature s in this dev ice, other than the alar m clock, the dev ice mus t be switched on. Do n ot switch the devic e on when wireless phon e us e may ca us e interfere nce or danger. â Network Ser vices To use th e de vice you must ha ve service from a w ireless serv ice provider or network operato r. Many of the features in th is device depend on features in the w ireles s network to function . These ne twork serv ices may not be available on all networks or you may have to make spe cific arran gem ent s wi th y ou r se rvic e provider be fore you can utili se them. Your service provider ma y need to give you additional instruc tions for their use and explain wh at charge s will apply. Some network s may have limita tions that affect how you can use network servic es. For instance, some netw orks may not su pport all language-dependent characters and s ervice s. Your service provider ma y have requested that ce rtain features be disabled or not activated in your device . If so, the y wi ll no t appear o n your devic e menu. Cont act your service provider for more information .
For your safety viii Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved. â Shared me mory The following de vice feature s may share me mory: c ontac ts; text messages; photos, images, and tones in gallery; calendar notes; game s; and applications. U se of one or m ore of the se fe atu res may reduc e th e mem ory available for the rem aining features sharing memory. If your phone displays a mes sage that the me mory is full whe n you try to use a sh ared m emo ry feature , delete some of the information or entries stored in the shared me mory features before contin uing. Some of the features, such as photos, images, and tones in gallery; te xt messag es; and applica tions may hav e a certa in am ount of memory specially allotted to th e m in a dd i ti o n to th e me mor y share d with othe r features .
Pho ne at a gla nce 1 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved. 1. Phone at a glance ⢠Earpiece port (1) â¢D i s p l a y s c r e e n ( 2 ) ⢠L eft se le cti on ke y (3) ⢠Ca ll ke y (4 ) ⢠Keypad (5) ⢠Four-way scrol l and selection key (6 ) ⢠Rig ht selection ke y (7) ⢠Po wer ke y/en d ke y (8) ⢠Charger port (9) ⢠Pop-Port⢠conn ector (10) ⢠Microphone (11) â K eys and parts ⢠Loudspeaker (1) ⢠V oi ce ke y (2 ) ⢠V ol um e key ( 3) ⢠Front di splay (4) â¢H e a d s e t j a c k ( 5 ) Th e voi ce k ey fu nct ions as f ollo ws: ⢠Press once (Sho rt p res s)âÂÂAns wer an incom ing call. ⢠Press and hold (L ong press) â Answer or ma ke a voice d ialling.
Phone a t a glan ce 2 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved. â Standby mode Depending on your wireless service provider or network ope rator and the model nu mber of your phon e, some or all of the followi ng selection keys may appear in standby mode. The standby mode is home base and indica tes your phone is in the idle state. . Signal strength (1)âÂÂA h igher bar ind ica tes a st rong er n etwo rk si gna l. Menu (2 )â Pres s t he c ent re s elec ti on key to se lect this option. Go t o (3)âÂÂPress the left s election ke y to s elect t his op tion. Names or n etwork operator me nu ( 4)â Press the right sele ction ke y to sele ct this optio n. Batter y l eve l (5 )âÂÂA high er bar indi cates more pow er in the batte ry. â Quick keys Note: Dependin g on your wireless service provider or network operator or ne twork operator and the mode l number of your pho ne, some or all of the follow ing Quick keys may appear in standby mode. In standby mode, the four-way scroll key ins tant ly takes you to frequentlyaccessed m enus: Scroll up key âÂÂGo to the conta cts list. Scroll righ t keyâÂÂVie w t he ca lendar. Scroll down k eyâÂÂGo to the contacts list. Scroll left keyâÂÂQ uickly cre ate a text message . Cen tre select ion ke yâÂÂGo to th e m ain menu or a s ele cted subme nu. â Indicators and icons Depending on y our wirele ss service provider or netwo rk operator and the model num ber of your phone, some or all of the following indicators and icons may appear in standby mode. Yo u ha v e new t ex t or pi c tur e mess ages . Se e " T ext me ssage s ," p. 15 . Yo u ha v e new v o ice m ess a ges . See " Voice me ssage s ," p. 27 . Your pho ne k eyp ad is l ock ed. See " Keyg uar d ," p. 12 . Your phone is set to the silen t profile. See " Profiles ," p. 46 . The a larm cl ock is set to on. See " Alarm clock ," p. 61. The c ountdo wn timer is running. The stopw atch time r is running in the background. Integ rat ed hand s-free is activ e. See " Louds peake r ," p. 11 . The timed profile is sele cted. See " Profiles ," p. 46.
Pho ne at a gla nce 3 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved. or An enha ncem ent is co nnect ed to th e phon e. See " E nhancem en t settin gs ," p. 54 . Voice pr ivacy en crypt ion is active (or is no t active) in the network. You are in a digital ne twork. See " Network Se rvices ," p. vii. You are in an analogu e netw ork. See " Network Services ," p. vii . You are in a 1X RTT network. See " Network Se rvices ," p. vii. You are roam ing outside your ho me netwo rk. See " Roaming option s ," p. 58 . â Get the most out of this guide The following s ections illustra te the various compon ents of your phone. Familia rise yo urself with thes e sec t io ns t o h el p y o u un d ers ta nd t he inst ructions that follow. This guide use s certain terms for the steps you ne ed to perform. ⢠Press m eans to pres s and rele ase a key quic kly (s hort press). For examp le, press 7 means pr ess t he key on th e ke ypad la beled with th e number 7 and t he lette rs pqrs. ⢠Pre ss and hol d means to press and hold a ke y for 2âÂÂ3 secon ds; th en release the key (long press) . ⢠Use selection key s to select a men u option. To select an option, press the selection k ey below the menu item on th e pho ne sc re en. ⢠Use scroll key s to move up, down, left, or right in the menus. ⢠Call an d en d ke ys: Pre ss th e call ke y to plac e a ca ll or t o answe r an incoming ca ll. Press the end k ey to end a call or return to th e idle state (st and by mod e). â Phone menus Phone features are grouped according to functi on and are access ed th rough the main menus . Each main me nu conta ins submenus and lists from whic h you can select or view items and pers onal is e yo ur phon e fe atu res. To ac cess the se m enu s a nd s ubm en us, use the scroll method or a shortcut. You ca n cha nge your menu v iew from list to grid. Select Menu > Op t io ns > Main menu view > List or Grid . Not e: So me fea tures m ay not be available, depending on your ne twork. For more information , contact your wireless service provider or network operator.
Phone at a glance 4 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved. Scroll method You ca n use the fou r-way scroll key to s croll up, down, left, and right through th e options. 1. In standby mode, s elect Menu , and scroll through the main menus using the sc roll key. As you scroll throu gh the me nus, th e menu number appears in the upper right corner of the displ ay. Below the batt ery level indica tor is a scroll bar with a tab tha t moves up or down on the right side of the display screen as you scroll t hrough the menus, providing a visual representation of your current position in th e menu structure . 2. When y ou arrive at a me nu, press th e cent re sel ecti on k ey t o sele ct submenus . â¢S e l e c t Back (the right selectio n key) to return to th e previous menu . ⢠Press the end key to retu rn to standby m ode from an y me nu or submenu. In-phone he lp Many feature s have brief descript ions (he lp text ) you can view on the displ ay. To v iew th ese de scri pt ions, you m ust first activat e help te xt as follows. In standby mode, select Men u > Settings > Phon e > He lp text activation > On or Off . Scroll t o a feature and w ait about 14 seconds . Scroll down to view all of the description, or select Back to exit. â Security feature The secu rity feature protects your device from un authorised outgoing calls o r acce ss to the sto red informa tion with th e lock and secu rity codes. The lock code and security code are both preset t o 1234 5. B y defa ult, th e sec u rit y featu re uses t he lock code (default ed to the la st four digits of your phone number) instead of the security code to protect your phone. You nee d to enter th e lock code to access the follow ing Security option : 1. In standby mo de, s elect Menu > Setti ngs > Secu rity . 2. Enter the lock code, and select OK . See " Security settin gs ," p. 55 .
Pho ne at a gla nce 5 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved. Your de vice, by default, requi r es you to ente r the lock code to restore fact ory setti ngs: 1. In standby mode, select Menu > Settings > Restore factory se tt. . 2. E nter the securit y code, and select OK . See " Change lock code ," p. 56 . Note: Depending on you r wireless servic e provider or network operator, your device may some times ask you for the sec urity c ode (defau lted to 12345) instead of the lock code. â Go to functions The Go t o menu e nables you to change the fu nctio n of the left s electi on key on your phon e. With this function, you can qu ickl y ac cess you r mo st frequently used function s from the Go to menu in standby mode. Choose Go to funct ions 1. In standby mode, select Go t o > Optio ns > Sele ct options . 2. Scroll up or dow n to highlight th e desired funct ion. 3. S ele ct Mark to add a function or Unma rk to remove a func tion. 4. S ele ct Don e w hen yo u ha ve adde d all desired functio ns. 5. S ele ct Ye s to s ave the change s. 6. In standby mode, select Go t o to display a list of the functions you selecte d in step 2. Organise functions 1. In standby mode, select Go t o > Optio ns > O rganise . 2. Scroll up or dow n to highlight th e function yo u want to rearrange , and select Move > Mo ve up , Mo ve dow n , Move to top , or Mov e to bottom . 3. S ele ct Don e > Ye s to sa ve the chan ges.
Set up your pho ne 6 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved. 2. Set up your phone â Antenna Yo ur de vice has two antennasâÂÂthe fix ed anten na is ac tive unless the e xtendable ante nna is fully ext ended. You r de vice has a fixed and exte nda ble antenna locat ed tow ards t he to p of the phone with the fol d cl os ed. Hold the phon e wit h the an tenna area poi nted up and over your shoulder . Note: Do no t touch the antenna unnecess arily with the device swit ched on . Conta ct wit h the ante nna affects call quality and may cause the dev ice to operate at a hig he r pow er l e vel th an oth erw ise ne ed ed. Not touching th e antenna area during a phone c all optimis es the anten na performance and batte ry life. â Battery Note: A l w a y s s w i t c h o f f t h e power, and disconnect the charger and any other device before removing the cover. Always store and use the d evice with t he c over attac hed.
Se t up your p hon e 7 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved. Remove the back cover 1. Wit h the back of the phone facing you, push down on th e back cover. 2. Sl ide the back c over toward th e bottom of the phone an d remove. R emov e th e b atte ry Aft er you ha ve remov ed the ba ck cove r, insert your fi nger int o the finger grip, and lift th e battery from its compa rtm ent. Note: A l w a y s s w i t c h o f f t h e device, and disconnect the charger before removing th e battery. UIM card slot Your phone has a UIM (CDMA SIM) card slot buil t into the me chanics . How ever, the UIM is not fun ctional in this phone model. Avoid placing anythin g i nto the UI M ca rd slot. Replac e the ba ttery 1. Insert t he battery, gold-c oloured contac t end first, into the battery slot . 2. Push dow n on the other en d of the battery to snap t he batt ery in to place.
Set up your pho ne 8 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved. Replace the back cover 1. Set the back cover on the phone with the cover tabs align ed with the slots in the phone. 2. Slide the back c over toward the top of the phon e until the back cover is securely in place. Charge the battery Note: Ch eck the m odel numbe r of any charg er before use wit h this dev ice. This devic e is intended for use when supplied with power from the AC-3 or AC-4 cha rg er . 1. Plug the charg er transfo rmer into a standard AC out let. 2. Insert the c harger ou tput plug into the round jack at the bottom end of th e phon e. After a few secon ds, the battery indica tor in the display s tarts to scro ll from bottom t o top. If th e ba tte ry is co mple tel y discharged,it may take a few minut es before the chargin g indicator appears on th e display or before any calls can be ma de. You can a lso use the CA-4 4 charger adap ter to conne ct t he ph one w ith Nokia chargers havin g a larger b arrel size, inc luding ACP-7, ACP-8, ACP-9, ACP-12, AC-1 (retractable charger), and LCH-12 (mobile charger). 1. Plug the charger transformer into a standard AC outlet. 2. Ins ert the cha rger output plug in to the CA-44 ad apter jack . 3. Ins ert the C A-44 plug into th e jack on the bottom of the phon e. Warning: Use only batteries, char ge rs, and enha ncemen ts approved by Nokia for use with th is particular mode l. The us e of any other type s may inva lidate any a pproval or warranty, and may be dangerous.
Se t up your p hon e 9 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved. â Turn y our p hone on or off 1. To turn your phone on or off, press and hold the e nd ke y on th e ke ypad for at least 4 seconds. 2. E nter the lo ck code, if nec essary, and sel e ct OK . See " Ch ange lock code ," p. 56 . Warn ing: Do not s witch the phone on when wireless phone use is prohibited or when i t may caus e interferenc e or danger. â Connect the headset A compatible headset, suc h as HS-5, may be purchased with y our phone or se paratel y as a n enhan cem ent . See " Enhanc emen t settin gs ," p. 54 . 1. Plug th e hea dset conne ctor into the Pop-Port co nnector at the bottom end of your phone . appears in standby mode. 2. Pos ition the he adset on y our ear. With th e hea dset con nected, y ou can make, answ er, and end c alls as usual . ⢠Use th e keyp ad to enter num bers. ⢠Pr ess the cal l key to plac e a cal l. See " Phone at a glance ," p. 1 . ⢠Pr ess the en d key t o end a c all . You ca n also plug a compatible headset , such as the H S-9 Universal Heads et, into the 2.5-m m headse t jack on th e right side of y our phone to allow ha nds -fr ee opera tion. Se e " En hancem en t settin gs ," p. 54. â Make a call Note: Before makin g or receiving a ca ll, fully extend the wh ip anten na. Key pad 1. Ente r the ph one number and press the call ke y. (To de lete a characte r to the left of th e cursor, sele ct Cl ear .) 2. Pr ess th e end key to end the c all , or select End call to canc el the ca ll attem pt.
Set up your pho ne 10 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved. Contacts list 1. In standby mode, scroll down to display your con tacts list an d highlight your desired entry. 2. Select Details to high light yo ur desired number, an d then sele ct Call . Last dialled number 1. In standby mode, pre ss the call ke y to display the last 30 numbers dialled. 2. Scroll to the nu mber (or na me) you want to redial, and press the call key. Conference calling Confe rence calling is a network depen dant serv ice that allows yo u to tak e part in a c onfe rence ca ll with two other participants. Note: Con ference ca lling is a network depe ndant service. 1. Make a call to th e first participant . 2. With the first participant on th e line, select Opti ons > New call . 3. Enter the phone number of the second part icipant, or select Search to retriev e a number from the c ontac ts list. Sele ct Call . The first participa nt is put on hold. 4. When th e seco nd participan t picks up , press the call key t o con nect the c alls. 5. T o end th e conf erenc e call, se lect Opt io n s > E nd all calls , or press t he end key. â Answer calls An incoming call 1. Wi th the fold ope n, press the c all key, or se lect Answer to ans wer the call. 2. Pres s the end ke y to rejec t the call. Select Silenc e to mute th e ringing to ne, then Dism iss , or do nothing. T he cal l is even tua lly d iver ted to voice mail. With you r phone set to silen t in th e prof iles menu, sele ct Dismiss to dive rt the call to voicemail. 3. Wi th the fold c losed, press th e volum e key to m ute the ringing to ne. A sh ort pre ss of the voic e key an swers a n inc oming call w ith t he louds peaker. By default, y our phone answers an incoming call whe n you open the fold. You can cha nge th e sett ing to not answ er th e call w hen the fold op ens. In standby mode, select Men u > Settings > Call > Answer wh en fold is opened > On or Off .
Se t up your p hon e 11 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved. Adjust the earpiece volume Whe ther in or out of a call, you can scroll the v olume key loca ted on th e left side of your device up or down to adju st the volume of the earpiece . Whe n you adjust the v olume, a ba r char t indicates the volume le vel. An swer a ca ll with the keypad locked To answ er a call w ith the ke ypad locke d, press the call ke y with th e fold open. To answer a call with the fold clo sed an d the ke ypad lo cked, pre ss an d hold the voice ke y to ans wer wi th the lou dspeake r. During the call, all features function as normal. When yo u end o r reject th e call, the keyp ad au tomatical ly relocks. Se e " Ke ygu ard ," p. 12 . Whe n the keypa d lock is on, ca lls still may be possible to the official emerge ncy number programm ed into your d evice . Enter th e eme rgenc y numbe r, and press the call k ey. Lou dspea ker Warnin g: Do not hold the dev ice near you r ear wh en th e loudspeaker is in us e, because th e volume may be ex tr emel y loud. Yo u can use your phon e as a loudspe aker during a ca ll. ⢠To activate the louds peaker while in a call wit h the fold open, sele ct Loudsp. . ⢠To activa te t he lou dspeake r when answer ing a call wit h the fold closed , pres s the voice ke y. ⢠To deac tivate the loudspea ker during a call, wit h the fold open , sel ect Normal . The loudspe aker is deactiva ted aut omatically when a ca ll (or a call attempt ) ends or w hen certain enh ancem ents are co nne c ted . Call optio ns Many of the options you can use during a call are ne twork servic es. Chec k with your wire less ser vic e provider or netw ork operator for more information . 1. S ele ct Opt io n s durin g a call to display the following options: Loudspe aker or Hands et âÂÂAc tivate or dea ctiv ate th e louds pea ker while in a call. New call âÂÂInit iate a conferen c e call. Se e " Confer ence calling ," p. 10 .
Set up your pho ne 12 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved. Save âÂÂSa ve a number wh ile in a call to your conta cts list. Yo u can also s ave a number dire ctly from the st andby screen . A dd t o contact â Add a phone number to a n existing contac t in your conta cts list wh ile in a call. This option is ava ilable only wh en entering numb ers during a ca ll. End all calls âÂÂDisconn ect from all active ca lls. Send D TMF âÂÂE nter th e numb ers, an d se lec t DT MF to sen d the numbers as tones. Con ta ct s â View the conta cts menu. Menu âÂÂVie w th e phon e m enu. 2. Scroll to and select an option to activate the option or ente r its submenu. â Key g u a rd With ke ygu ard, you ca n lock the keypa d to pre vent keys from being pressed accidentally. The locked keypa d un locks w hen yo u receive a call. Afte r the call, the lock autom atically reactiv ates. With th e keygu ard on, calls still may be possible to the official emergency numb er pr ogramm ed in to y our p hone. Enter the em ergency num ber, and pre ss the call ke y. Lock the keypad Select Menu wit h the ce ntre selec tion key; t hen pres s * wi thin 2 secon ds. Unlock the keypad Select Unlo ck with the centre se lection key; t hen pres s * wi thin 2 secon ds.
Text entr y 13 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved. 3. T e xt entry You ca n use two m ethods for entering text and num bers: standard mode and predictive t ext mode. Select Cle ar to back space th e curso r and delete a character. Se lect and hold Clear to backspa ce cont inuou sly and delete charac ters. â Standard mode Standard mode is the only way t o enter tex t into the con tacts list an d to rename calle r groups. Text (Abc) ⢠Press a key once to insert the first le tte r on the key, twi ce for the seco nd letter, etc. If y ou pause briefly, the las t letter in the displa y is accepte d and your device await s th e next ent ry. ⢠Pres s 0 to en ter a sp ace, the reb y acceptin g a completed wo rd. ⢠Press 1 to insert a period into you r message . ⢠Press * to display a com plete list of special cha racters. ⢠Press a nd hold # to bring u p the Editor sett ings ( Number mode , Dictionary on or Di cti onar y of f , Writing langu age ). Numbers ( 123) To switc h to 1 23 mode from Abc mode, press an d hold # at any message ent ry screen to bring up th e Editor settings menu list of N umb er mode , Dictionary on or Diction ary off , a nd W riting language . Se lec t Numbe r mode , and the de vice returns to the me ssage ent ry screen an d swit ches t he Abc i co n in the upper left corne r of the display to the 12 3 icon (or ba ck). Punctuation and special characters Whi le a t any t ext en tr y sc reen, press * to display specia l charac ters (pre ss and hold * if predictiv e text is on). Press * again to cycle th rou gh all a vailable chara cters. Scroll to navigate through the lis t of special cha racters. With a chara cter highlighte d, select Use to insert the charact er into your me ssage. â Predictive text mode Mu ch faster th an the stand ard mode meth od, predictive text input enables you to writ e messag es quickl y using your ke ypad a nd the built- in dictionary . In predictive text mode, your phone pred icts the words as y ou enter the m.
Text entr y 14 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved. Acti v ate or de acti vate 1. At any te xt entry screen, selec t Option s > Dict ionary on to activate or Dict iona ry of f to deactiva te. Text entr y The following illus tration sh ows your text entry of the word Nokia in predictiv e text mode. W ith the Englis h dictionary selected, pre ss each of the follow ing numb er ke ys once , and the screen will displa y Nokia by predict ing the appropriate letter to use based on yo ur keypa d entry: Enter: 66 5 42 ⢠Pre ss 0 to enter a s pac e, a nd begin wr it i ng th e ne xt word . ⢠If a disp layed word is not correc t, press * to see ot her matche s. To return to the previous word in the list of matches , select Prev . ⢠I f ? appears after a w ord, sele ct Spell to add th e word to the dictionary. ⢠Pre ss 1 to i nsert a period in to you r message. ⢠Pre ss and h old * t o d isplay special charac ters. Pres s * again to cy cle throug h all ava ilable char ac ter s . â Change case and mode Press # to switch between uppercase, lowercas e, an d sente n ce cas e tex t. As you press #, the follow ing icons (not the descriptions) appear in the upper left of the display s creen:. Uppercase text: standard mode is on. Lowe rcase text: standa rd mode is on. Sen tence case text: standard mode is on. This option is avail able only at t he beginning o f a sent ence . Note: Yo u can press # wi thin 2 seconds to switch between standard mode and predictive text mode. Uppercase text: predic tive text is on. Lowe rcas e text : pred ic tive text is on. Sen tence case te xt: predictiv e text is on. This option is avail able only at t he beginning o f a sent ence .
Messages 15 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved. 4. Mes sages You ca n send and receiv e messag es to compa tible phon es. You ca n also send an d receive picture, mult imedia , and e-mail messages if supported by your service provider. Also, y ou c an make distribution lists that con tain phone number s and n ames from y our conta cts list. See " Text entry ," p . 13 . When com posing text, picture, or multim edia me ssage s, chec k the numbe r of charact ers allowed in the top right corn er of the message. Using Unic ode charac ters takes up more space. With Unicode c haracters in you r messa g e, t he indicato r may n ot show the mess age length correctly. Before sending th e message , the phone te lls you i f the m essage exce eds the ma ximum length allowe d for one messa ge. Impo rtan t: Exerc ise cauti on opening mes sages. Mess ages ma y conta in malicio us softwa re or otherwise be ha rmful to your device or PC. Not e: Wh en yo u sen d a message, your devi ce may display Message sen t , ind icatin g your device has s ent the m essage to the messa ge centre numbe r programmed into you r device. This is n ot an indica tion that the message has b een receiv ed at t he inte nded destination. For more details about mes saging se rvices, ch ec k with you r service provider. â Te xt messages Compose and send 1. In standby mode, select Menu > Message s > Te x t messages > Create me ssage . To go quickly to Create message , scroll left in s tandby mode. 2. Co mpose and send a message using the ke ypad. Depending on the messaging service enab led, some or all of the following options a re available while c omposing your mess age: Preview â Prev iew the m ess age when sending a picture message (only available wit h a picture inserted) .
Messages 16 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved. Sending option s â Mark or Unm ar k the se nding opt ions o f a single message as Urgent , Delivery reports , C allback n o. , or Signature (not available with a picture inserted). See " Ch ange se nding options ," p. 20 . Cle ar t ext â Erase all the text from the me ssage editor . Insert p icture â Insert a pic ture from a templates folde r into your message. Change picture âÂÂCha nge t he pi ctur e in a pi ct ure me ss age ( only available with a picture in serted). Delete pictu re â De lete the pict ure in a pi cture mes sage (only avai lable wi th a pi cture i nse rted). Insert c ontact âÂÂInsert a name from your conta cts list into y our message. Insert numb er âÂÂInsert a phone number or find a phone nu mber in the c ontac ts list. Save âÂÂSelec t Drafts to save th e message in the drafts folder; select Te m p l a t e s to save the me ssage as one of your predefine d templates in the tem plates folde r. Exit e ditor âÂÂExits the me ssage edit or. Use te mplate âÂÂIn sert a pred ef i ne d tem plate into your me ssage . Insert s miley âÂÂIn sert a smiley into your messag e. Insert word or Edit w ord âÂÂEnte r or edit th e text of a new w ord that might n ot app ear in the pred ictiv e tex t dicti onary (on ly ava ilable with predic tive tex t on). Inse rt sy m bol âÂÂIns ert a spec ial character in to your mes sage (only ava ilable with pre dictive tex t on). Dic ti ona ry o n or Dictionary off â Turn the predictive text on or off. Ma tches âÂÂView ma tche s in the diction ary for the word you want t o use (on ly available with predic tive text on and when the s ame s et of key s tr oke s can pro duce mult iple word s). 3. To sen d the message , sele ct Sen d to > Send t o numbe r , Send to man y , or Send to distrib . list (if a distribution list has been created). Enter the recipientâÂÂs phone number or e -mail address; or select Search to re tr ie ve a numbe r or e-mail address from your con tacts lis t, and select OK .
Messages 17 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved. Read message Whe n you rece ive a mes sage, a notification message and are displayed. 1. S ele ct Sho w to read the messa ge or Exit to dismiss the notific ation and read the message later from your inbox. See " View sav ed mes sages ," p. 18 . 2. Scroll u p or down to view the whole m essa ge, if nece ssar y. Optio ns Whe n reading a text me ssage, select Opt io n s to access some or all of the followin g options: De le te â Dis car d the mes sag e. Use d etail âÂÂAcc ess the foll owin g thre e options: ⢠Number âÂÂUs e s or sa v es t he number. Select Option s > Ad d t o con tact , Sen d message , or Call . ⢠E-mail address â Lists t he e-ma il addresse s include d in the message ( ava ila ble onl y if the me ssa ge contain s an e-mail address). Select Save to save th e email a ddress as a new phone book entry or Opt ions > Add to contact or Send message . ⢠Web address âÂÂDisplay s if a URL is in clud ed in t he m essag e. Mov e âÂÂSave the me ssage t o Templates , Archive , or a folder you ha ve cre ated. For wa rd âÂÂDiv ert the m essage to another ph one number or e-mail address. Lock or Un lock âÂÂLoc k or unlock the me ss age . Sa ve p ictu re âÂÂSav e th e pict ure to you r T emplates folder for later use. You can ent er a title fo r the pic ture, and selec t OK . Renam e âÂÂEdi t the titl e of the mess age. Reply to message 1. In standby mode, select Menu > Message s > Te x t messages > Inb ox and your desired message, or when you receiv e a me ssage, sel ect Show . 2. S ele ct Reply > Empty s c reen , Original text , Te m p l a t e , or one of th e pred efi ned a nswer s ; th en comp ose your re ply using th e keypa d. 3. After c reatin g the reply, select Send . Th e send er âÂÂs ph on e num be r or e- ma il i s use d a s t he de fau lt.
Messages 18 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved. Tem plates Template s are short, prewri tten mess ages you ca n reca ll a nd inse rt in to new text mess ages wh en yo u are s hort on time. 1. In standby mode, s elect Menu > Message s > Te xt m essa ges > Create me ssage > Optio ns > Us e temp late . 2. Select your desired template. 3. Select Send to > Se nd to number , Send to many , or Send to distrib . list (with a distribution list created). 4. Enter the recipientâÂÂs phone numbe r sel ec t Sea rch to retrieve a nu mber or e-mail address from your contacts list; a nd s elect Send . A distribution list on ly c ontains phone numbe rs of recipients and is sel ected from a list of predefined groups you create . Text mes sage fold ers Save messages You ca n save drafts of me ssages or receiv ed messages to an existing fol der or to a folder th at you have crea ted. 1. O pen th e rece ive d mess age or crea t e a n ew message, and select Option s . 2. To save a received message , select Mo ve > Arc hive , Templates , or a folder you ha ve creat ed. 3. To save th e draft of a mess age you hav e cre ated , sele ct Save > Drafts or Templates . View saved m essa ges 1. In standby mo de, s elect Menu > Messages > T ext mes sages . 2. Sele ct the folde r contain ing the message y ou want to view: Inbox âÂÂAu tomatica lly stores any incom ing messag es. Out box âÂÂStores messages that hav e not been sent Sent it ems âÂÂStores m essa ges that have b een sen t. Dra fts âÂÂStores message s create d as drafts. Archive âÂÂStores mess ages that yo u choose to arch ive, inc luding unread ones. Templates âÂÂS tores pictu res a nd prew ritten template s. Preloaded tem plates can be edited and personalised. My folders âÂÂAllows yo u to organise you r me ssa ges by creat ing c ust om folders and saving som e of your messages h ere. Se lect Op tion s > Add folder , R ename folde r , or Delete folder to add a custom folder or rename or delete a folder you ha ve create d.
Messages 19 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved. You ca n only delete folde rs created in my folders; the inbox, sent ite ms, archive, a nd template s folders are protected. When deletin g a folder, you are also delet ing all messages in the folder. Distribution lists âÂÂS tores c reated distribution lists. 3. When the f olde r op ens, sele ct th e mes sage yo u wa nt to vi ew. Distribution list The distribution list en ables you to send messages to a group of contacts. In standby mode, select Me n u > Messages > Text messages > Distribution li sts . To cre ate a distribu tion list, select New list with no lis t create d or Op ti ons > Cre ate n ew lis t to create additional lists. To populate your list, se lect Add ne w and a c ontact from y our conta cts list . To use, rename, or modify a distribution list, highligh t the distribution list; and select Opt ions > Send m essage , Renam e list , Clear list , or De lete list . Del ete mess ages If your me ssage me mory is full an d you have m ore messages w aiting at the ne two rk, No space for new text me ssag es appears in standby mode. You ca n do the following: ⢠R ead some of the un read messag es, and delete the m individually. ⢠Del ete mess ages f rom s ome of you r folders. Delete a single message 1. In standby mode, select Menu > Message s > Te x t messages . 2. Select the folder con taining the messag e you wan t to delete. 3. High light th e messag e you want to delet e. 4. S ele ct Opt io n s > De lete . 5. S ele ct Ye s to delete the message or No to exit. Delete all messages inder 1. In standby mode, select Menu > Message s > Tex t m es sa ge s > Delete messages . 2. Selec t the messa ges you want to delet e: All âÂÂDelete s all messag es in all of the folders. All read âÂÂDel ete s any mess ages that h av e bee n read in al l of the folders.
Messages 20 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved. All unread âÂÂDe letes any mes sages t h a t h a v e n o t b e e n r e a d i n a l l o f the fo lders. 3. Select and Mark the folders tha t have mes sages you want to de lete: Inbox âÂÂDelet es all m essag es f rom th e inbox f older. Sent items â Dele tes all messages from the Sent item s folder. Outbox âÂÂDe letes all messages from the o utbox folder. Drafts âÂÂDelete s all message s from th e d ra fts fo ld er. Archive â Deletes all me ssages from th e archi ve folder. User define d foldersâÂÂDeletes all mess ag es fro m th e user d efi ned folder. 4. Select Do ne > Ye s to empty the marked folder. Change sending options To change sending options for all future text messages, in standby mode , sel ect Menu > Me ss a ge s > T ext messages > Me ssage se ttings > Sending options an d the setting you want to ch ange: Priority â Set the priority of the note a s Normal or Urge nt . Deliver y reports âÂÂSe nd a note to yourse lf confirming delivery of th e message . Select On or Of f . Send callback num ber âÂÂSend a c allback num ber to th e reci pi ent. Sel ect Off or enter your de sired phone numbe r to se nd to the re ci pien t as a call bac k numbe r, and select OK . Signature âÂÂSe lect On to cr eate a signature to send with te xt me ssages or Of f to turn this feature off. To change sending options for one message , in standby mode, select Menu > Mes s ages > T ext messages > Create message > Opti ons > Sen ding options , and Mark or Unmark th e setting you want to change : Urge nt âÂÂSet the priority of the note as urgent. Deliver y reports âÂÂSend a note to yourself con firming delive ry of the message . Send callback nu mber âÂÂEn ter y our desired phone num ber to send to the recipien t as a callb ack number, an d sel ect OK . Signature âÂÂCre ate a signa ture to send with text me ssages. Change message set tings In standby mode, select Men u > Messages > Text mes sag es > Message settin gs > Othe r set tin gs and t he setting you want to change : Message font size âÂÂSelec t Small fon t or Large font . Message overwriting âÂÂSel ect Sent items on ly , Inbox onl y , S. it ems & Inbox , or Of f .
Messages 21 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved. Note: When th e mes sage memory is full, your phone cannot send or receiv e any ne w messages . To fre e up th e memory, you c an sele ct Messa ge o verwrit ing to ma ke your phone aut omatica lly replace old messages in the inbox and outbox folde rs when new ones arrive. Save sent messages âÂÂSelec t Alw ays save , Always prompt , or Off . Queue msgs. when digital unavailable âÂÂSele ct On , On prompt , or Off . Mess ages are stored i n the ou tbox until th ey can be sent with digital serv ic e. â Picture messages Your phon e comes with five preloaded pic tures. If ne cessar y, you can overwrite any of the preloaded picture s. You can send a te xt mes sage with pictures attac hed to comp atible phone s. H ow ever, pictures take up more space t han t e xt. To select your desired picture in the temp lates folder, in standby m ode, sele ct Menu > Message s > Tex t messages > Tem p la t es . Yo u cannot se nd a pictur e messag e us ing e -ma il. Receive and save Not e: Only comp atible device s that offer picture mess age feature s can rec eive and display pic ture messages. Whe n you have unope ned picture messages in your inbox, appears. Select Show to vi ew the pic ture me ss age or Ex it to view the picture me ss age in yo ur in box l ater . If you have more than one picture message, scro ll t o and se l ect the message yo u want to vie w. Scroll to vie w the w hole pict ure i f necessa ry. To sa ve a rece ived pictu re in yo ur template s folder, select Optio ns > Save picture . Enter a tit le, and sel e ct OK . If your t emplates folde r is full of pict ures, scroll to and sel ect a picture you w ant to replace. Compose and send W hen you in se rt a stan d ard pi ct ure into a mess age, the number of characters you c a n add cha n ges as shown in th e upper right corne r of the display sc reen. 1. In standby mode, select Menu > Message s > Te x t messages > Create me ssage . 2. Write the me ssage, and select Optio ns > I nsert picture . 3. Scroll to a picture, and select Use or Vie w > Ins ert . To replace with another picture, sel ect Op tions > Change picture ,
Messages 22 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved. scroll to another picture , and select Use or Vie w > Ins ert . 4. Select Send to > Se nd to number , Send to many , or Send to distrib . list if distribution list e xists. 5. Enter the phone number of the recipient, or select Search to retrieve a numbe r from contacts list. To view, change , or delete the picture, sel ect Opt ions > Pre view , Change picture , o r De lete pic ture . â Multimedia messages A multime dia message (M MS) can co ntain text , sound, a picture, an d a video clip. Your device supports multime dia messag es up to 300 K B. Wit h t he m axim um siz e exceed ed , the dev ice m ay not be a ble t o re cei ve th e message . Depe nding on yo ur netw ork, yo u may rece ive a messag e that incl udes an Inter net ad dress w h er e you can go t o v iew the mul timedia mess age. Pi ctu res are sca led t o fit t he display area of the device. Your device has a multim edia mes sage viewe r for playing me ssages and a mult imedia folder for storing saved mes sages. Whe n you save the multim edia mess age, you can use th e image as a screen saver or the sound as a ri ngin g tone unless protected by copyright. The appearance of a mu lt imedia message may vary depe nding on the rece iving de vice. Import ant : Exerc ise caut ion wh en o p enin g m ess ag es. Message s m ay con tain virus es or otherwise b e harmful to your device or PC. Copyright protections may prevent some ima ges, ringing tones, and oth er content from being copie d, modifie d, transferred, or diverted. This function is only availa ble if supported by your service provide r or n etwork operator. For availabilit y and a subsc ription to the mu ltimedia me ssaging service , contact your service provider or network ope rator. Note: Only devic es that offer compatible multime dia message fe atures can receiv e and display mu ltimedia message s. Multime dia mess age object s may cont ain viru ses or otherwi se be harm ful to you r device or PC. Do not open any a ttachme nt if unsu re of the trustw orthines s of t he send er. Multimedia m essaging supports t he following formats: ⢠Picture: J PEG, GIF, animat ed GI F, WBMP, BMP, and PNG ⢠Sound: SP-MIDI, AAC, AMR audio, QCELP, an d monoph onic rin ging to nes ⢠Video: clips in H .263 format with SubQCIF image size and AMR a udio If a received me ssage cont ains unsupported elements, these elemen ts
Messages 23 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved. may be replaced with Object form at not su pported . You ca n receive MMS notifications at an ytime; w hethe r you can retrieve MMS depends, as shown in the followin g: ⢠While in a call or an active browsing s ession, you c annot retrieve mu ltimedia me ssages. ⢠While in a standalone application such as a game or calendar instead of a browser or v oice call, you can retrieve mu ltimedia me ssages. MMS settin gs Be fore you can us e the m ultim edia messa g e f eatur e, you m ust speci fy whet her y ou want t o r ecei ve mes sage at all tim es or only if you are in you r wireless service provider or network operatorâÂÂs home system. This is a net work ser vi ce. Ch eck w ith yo ur service provider for more information . The defa ult setting of the multimedia messa ge servic e is on. T he appearance of a mu ltimedia messa ge may vary depending on the receiving device. Allow or block m ultimedia reception Yo u can ch oose to recei ve all messages, block all message s, or rece ive messa ges only when you are in the wireles s service provider or network ope ratorâÂÂs home network. In standby mode, sele c t Menu > Messages > M ultimedia me ssages > Me ss age se tti ng s > Allow multime dia reception and on e of the following: Ye s â Allow all incom ing messa ges. In home netw ork âÂÂAllow in coming message s only if you are in th e wireles s service provider or network operatorâÂÂs home system. This is a ne two rk service . Chec k with your servi ce provi der for more inform ation. No âÂÂBlock all incomin g messages. Retrieve or reject multimedia messages This set ting is unavaila ble wit h multim edia reception block ed. In standby mode, sele c t Menu > Messages > M ultimedia me ssages > Me ss age se tti ng s > Incom ing mu lti- media messages and one of the following opt ions: Retr ie ve âÂÂAut omatically retrieve all me ss ages to your in box. Retriev e manually âÂÂEnable choosing from a not ification w hether to re trieve a message w aiting on the net work. Reje ct âÂÂRe ject incoming m ultim edia me ss age s.
Messages 24 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved. Whe n you re ceive messa ges, Multime dia message received appears. Allow or b lock advertisements This sett ing is unavailable with multime dia reception blocked. In st andby mode, sele ct Men u > Messages > Multimedia me ssages > Message settings > Allow adverts > Ye s or No . Other M MS settings Othe r multim edia set tings incl ude saving y our message s to Sent items . In standby mode, s elect Menu > Messages > Multimedia me ssages > Me ss age se tti ng s and one of the following: Save sent m essages âÂÂS elec t Yes to save sent mult imedia mes sages to the Sent items folder or No to discard. Deliver y reports âÂÂSelec t Ye s to be inform ed if the message was deliv ered or No to not be informed. Scale image down âÂÂSe lect Ye s or No to define wheth er to scale image down. Default slide timing âÂÂSe t the de fault time in m m:ss format for each slide in a n M M S t o r e m a i n o n t h e s c r e e n . MMS folder s To use and arrange mess ages, select Messages > Multimedia me ssages and one of the followi ng: Inbox âÂÂConta ins rece ived multim edia message s. Outbox âÂÂC ontains multim edi a messages whi c h you have sent and are still waiting t o be t ransmitte d, or fa iled to be sent out. Sent items âÂÂCon tains se nt mu ltimedia message s. Sav ed item s âÂÂContains sav e d multime dia messa ges that y ou can sen d later. Delete mes sages âÂÂDel etes mess ages in the Inbox , Outbox , Se nt items , o r Sav ed items folder. Write and sen d multimedia messag es 1. In standby mo de, s elect Menu > Messages > Multimedia messa ges > Cre ate message . 2. Ente r you r message text, an d select Opt io n s > In se rt > Ima ge , Sound clip , Ne w soun d clip , Video clip , Slide , Busine ss card , or Calendar not e . The list of available folders in the Ga llery is displayed. Selectin g Bus iness car d disp lays your con tact lists ; selectin g Calendar n ote shows th e calendar. 3. Ope n the desired folder; scroll to the imag e, sound clip, or video c lip; and select Opti ons > Inse rt . The in dicator in the me ssage head er s h ow s the a vailab le mem ory size left for the me ssage. Copyright protect ions may prevent som e images, ringing tone s, and othe r content from be ing c opied, modifie d, transferred, or dive rted.
Messages 25 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved. 4. To add a new page or slide to the messag e, select Opti ons > Insert > Slide . This applies only if the re is no video clip in the message Each s lide can contain text, one image, and one sound clip. If the message contains sev eral slides, to open the desired slide, select Previous slide , Next s lide , or Slide list . You can a lso add business cards and calen dar notes. 5. To se t the tim e interval be twee n the slid es, select Op tio ns > Sli de timing . Enter the tim e interva l in mm:ss format, and select OK . 6. To mov e the te xt to the top or bottom of the messa ge, select Opt ions > Place text first or Pl ace text last (defaul t). 7. To insert a name from contacts, sel ect Opti on s > More options > Insert cont act and th e desired name. 8. To ins ert a numbe r, select Opt io n s > More options > Insert num ber . 9. Ente r the numbe r or search for it in contact s , and sele c t OK . 10. To in sert a business ca rd, sel ect Opt ions > Insert > Busine ss card . 11. T o insert a calendar note, select Opt ions > Insert > Calendar not e . 12. To delete an image , slide, v ideo clip, or sound clip from the m essage, sel ect Op tions > Delete > Image , Sound clip , V ideo clip , or Slid e . 13. To add a subject to th e message , sel ect Op tions > More options > Edit subje ct , e nter a subj ect, a nd sel ect OK . 14. T o vi ew the mess age or slid e presentation before sending it, sel ect Op tions > Preview . 1 5. T o sa ve the me ssa ge to Saved items , se le ct Opt ions > Save . 1 6. To se nd th e me ss age, se lect Send to > Phon e numb er , E-mail add ress , or Many . 17. E nter the r ecip ien tâÂÂs nu mber o r e- mail address, or search for it in cont acts, and s elect OK . The message is mov ed to the outbox f o l d e r t o b e s e n t . It takes more time to send a multim edia mes sage than a tex t message . While sendin g the multim edia mes sage, your dev ice displays the animate d indicator , and you ca n use other func tions on the devic e. If th ere is an interru ption w hile send ing the mes sage, the device auto matically tries to re send it a few times. If this fails, the message rema ins in the o utbox fold er, and yo u can try to man ually resend it late r. Check your outbox folder for uns ent messages.
Messages 26 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved. Note: When sen ding mes sages , your dev ice ma y display Mu ltimedia message sent , indicatin g that the messa ge has been sen t to the mess age centre num ber programme d into you r device. This is not a n indica tion that the messa ge has been received at th e int end ed de stin ation. For more details about messa gi ng se rvices , check wi th your ne twork operator. Sent m essages are saved in the sent items folder if y ou set Save sent messages to Ye s . Se e " Other MMS settin gs ," p. 24 . This is not an ind ication tha t the mess age has been receive d at the inten ded destination . Read multimedia m essages Whe n a multimedia me ssage is being receive d, appea rs an imated i n the display along with the percentage display indic ating th e receiving progress. With the message fully downloaded, a ppears, and the number of messa ges re cei ved al so shows in the display (wit h the light indicator blink ing near the bottom of yo ur antenna) . ⢠To v iew the m essage immediat ely, sel ec t Show . ⢠To view a s a ved message, select Menu > Messages > Multimedia messages > Saved items , and scroll to view th e messag e. While viewi ng the message, selec t Play to v iew t he en tire M MS o r Opti ons and one of the followin g: Vie w text âÂÂVi ew only th e text inclu ded in the mes sage. Open image , Open sound clip , or Ope n video clip âÂÂVie w or l is ten to th e corresponding file. Delete mes sage âÂÂDel ete the m ess age you are viewin g. Forward to no. , F orward to e-mail , o r Forwar d to ma ny âÂÂDiv ert the me ssage to a phone num ber, to an eâÂÂmail address, or to multiple recipients. Message details âÂÂV iew th e sender âÂÂs name and phon e number, the message centre used, rec eption date and time, and mess age si ze and ty pe. Save image , Sa ve sound clip , or Sa ve video clip âÂÂSa ve the file to th e G allery . You must open images, sound clips, and video clips before you can sa ve them. If blinks and M ultimedia me -mory full. view waiting msg. appears, memory f or multim edia mes sages is full. To view th e waiting me ssage, sel ect Sho w . Before you can save the message , delete some of your old mess ages . Se e " Del e te m essa ges ," p. 19 . Reply to multimedia message Select Re pl y or Reply to all to enter a reply and send it to the original sende r and any other message recipients.
Messages 27 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved. â V oice messages If you s ubscribe to voice mail, your wireless service provider or network operator w ill furnish you with a voice ma ilbox numbe r. You ne ed to save this numb er to yo ur devic e to u se voice ma il. When you re ceive a v oice messa ge, you r device bee ps, displ ays a mess age, o r bot h. If you rece ive m ore than one vo ic e messag e, y our de vice shows the number of voic e messages rece ived. Save voice mailbox number Your wi reless service provider or network ope rator may have already save d your voice ma ilbox number to your d evice. Select OK to leave th e numbe r unchange d. 1. In standby mode, select Menu > Message s > V oic e messages > V oice mailbo x numbe r . The vo ic e mailbox num ber is displayed. 2. If the box is em pty, en ter th e voice mailbox area code and number, and sel e ct OK . Call and setup voice mail 1. A ft er yo u s ave t he v oice mail box number, in standby mode, press and hold 1. 2. Whe n you con nect to voic e mail and the prerecorded greeting begins, follow the automate d instructions to setup voice mail. Listen to voice m e ssages After you set up voice mail, in s tandby mode, press and hold 1; or select Menu > Messages > V oice messages > List en to v oice m essa ges to dial the voice mailbox numbe r. Whe n you conne ct and the prerecorded greeting begins, follow the autom ated instru ctions to listen to you r voice me ss age s. Au toma te v oice ma il You ca n insert speci al characte rs called dialling c odes int o ph one num bers su ch as voi ce ma il, and save the numb er to a spee d di al lo cation. Dialli ng codes instruct th e receiving system to pause , wait, bypass, or ac ce pt th e num bers th at foll ow them in the dialling strin g. See " Phone numbe rs with dialling code s ," p. 28 . Voice mail services va ry by wireless service provider or network operator. The following ins truction s are examples of common ope rations.
Messages 28 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved. Ple ase che ck with you r wire le ss se rv ic e provider or netw ork operator for specific ins truction s on using your voice m ail se rvice. Write down voice mailbox number and process 1. Write down your voice mailbox number. 2. Call and chec k your voice mail as you norma lly would. 3. Write down your intera ction wi th the r eco rded p ro mp ts st ep- by -step . Keep in mind tha t each v oice ma il service may vary. How ever, it may look similar to the following: Dial 858 555121 2, pause 5 s econds, press 1 , pause 2 seconds, press 1234, and pres s #. Phone numbers with dialling codes Dialling code s instruct th e receiving system to pause, w ait, bypass, or ac cept th e numb ers th at fol low th em in the diallin g string. To set up dialling codes, do the following: 1. In standby mode, s elect Menu > Con ta ct s > Spe ed dials . 2. Scroll to an (em p ty ) Speed dials slot, and se lect As sig n . 3. Enter yo ur number , including the area code. 4. Enter an y dialling c odes as necess ary after the entered phone nu mber. For example, if you pause for 5 seconds afte r connectin g to voic e ma il, enter p twice (two time s 2.5 sec ond s) a fter the v oice ma ilbox numbe r: 21455 51212pp. 5. En ter any remaining pa uses or othe r information th at enables you t o li ste n to yo ur m ess a ges , an d sele ct OK . 6. En ter a name (such a s voice m ail), and select OK . To dial and listen to your voice ma il, press and hold the as si gned speed dial key in standby mode. Insert dialling c odes Press * repeatedly to cyc le through dialling codes. When the desired code appears in the display, pause briefly and the code is inserted into the dialling string . The following dia lling codes are avail able: *â By pa sse s a se t o f in st ruc ti ons . pâÂÂPauses for 2.5 s econds before send ing any numbe rs that follow. âÂÂReplac ed by the int ernational ac cess code . wâÂÂWa it s fo r yo u t o pre ss the call k ey before sending the num bers or codes that follow.
Messages 29 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved. C lea r vo i ce m ail i con To clear the voice mail icon from th e display, in standby mode, select Men u > Me ssages > V oice messages > Cle ar voice message icon . â We b messaging Web messaging is a network service. See " Network Services ," p. vii . If y our w ireless serv ice pro vider or network operator supports this featu re, you ca n use the minibrowser to c heck for e-mail me ssages. In standby mode, sele ct Menu > Message s > Minibrow ser messages > Conne ct . See " Mobile we b ," p. 70 for more information on using the minibrows er in your device to access web pages.
Call reg ister 30 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved. 5. Call register Call register stores information about your la st 30 missed, rece ived, and dialled ca lls respective ly and adds the total durat ion of all calls. When the numbe r of calls exceed s the maximum , the most re cent call re places the oldest. Whet her vie wing mi ssed, recei ved, or dialled ca lls, select Opti ons to access thes e m enu o ptions : Ti me o f ca ll â Di splays the date and time of the call. Send m essage âÂÂSends a messa ge to t he numbe r. Use num ber â Edits the num ber and associat es a name with the number. Save âÂÂEnte rs a name for the number and save s it to your cont acts list. Add to c ontact âÂÂAdds a n umber t o a co ntact and s aves it to your co nta cts list (av ailable only with the numb er not y et store d in you r conta cts lis t). Delete â Clears the num ber from memory . Call âÂÂCalls the num ber. â View missed calls The miss ed calls feature does n ot function with your de vice switch ed off. Misse d calls are calls you h ave neve r answ ered. To view mi ssed cal ls, do th e following: 1. In standby mo de, s elect Menu > Call regis ter > Misse d calls , or w ith mis sed call notific ation displaye d, sele ct List . 2. Scroll to a na me or number, and sele ct Opti ons and an option to vie w or a ct iva te. â View received calls Rece ive d ca lls a re ca lls tha t hav e been answ ered. 1. In standby mo de, s elect Menu > Call regis ter > Receive d calls . 2. Scroll to a na me or number, and sele ct Opti ons and an option to vie w or a ct iva te.
Call reg ister 31 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved. â View dialled nu mbers Dial led calls are previou s numbers yo u have dialled from you r device: 1. In standby mode , press the call key, or select Menu > Call register > Dialled num bers . 2. Scroll to a name or num ber, and sel ect Opti on s . 3. Select an option to view or activ ate. Vie w call times You ca n make or re ceive calls to or from the same num ber and view up to five c alls displaye d with the time each ca ll o ccurred. Your devic e cloc k must be set for this featu re to work accurately. 1. In standby mode, select Menu > Call register > Missed calls , Receiv ed calls , or Dialled num bers . 2. H ighlight your desired name or number, and select Opt ion s > Time of call . 3. Scroll dow n to view the call times from this nu mber; select Back to return to th e options list. â Delete call register s You ca n delete any m issed, dialle d, or receive d calls fro m your d evice me mor y. 1. In standby mode, select Menu > Call register > Delete recent calls . 2. S e lec t the ca ll ty pe you wa nt to c lear: All , Missed , Rece ive d , or Dialled . â Call duration Cont act your wire less service provide r or network operator for the actual calls and serv ices invoic e, which ma y vary depending on n etwork features, rounding off for billing, ta xes, and so forth. You can view the duration of your last call, all your dia lled calls, all you r rece ived calls , all your calls, and you r life timer, as well as clea r your timers. Select Menu > Call register > Call duration > Last call duration , Dialled calls' duration , R eceive d calls' duration , All calls' duration , Life time r , or C lear timers . After y ou select Clear timers , enter you r lock co de, and s elect OK . Se e " Chan ge lock code ," p . 56 . Not e: All c all duration, except the life time r, are reset to zero wit h C lear timers sele cte d. Not e: So me time rs, inclu ding the life time r, may be reset during s ervice or software upgrades.
Call reg ister 32 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved. To a ctivate the call t imer in stan dby mode w hile in a call, select Call Duration > Last Call Duration > Details > Sho w call time on dis play > On o r Off . To view the duration of dialle d or rece ived calls placed w hile in t he home netw ork or while roaming, select Details > Home or R oaming . â Data and fax call duration Data and fax calls are a network ser vice. See " Ne twork Services ," p. vii . If your wire less service prov ider or network operator supports this feature, you ca n view the size or d uration of sent or received data and fax c a lls. Note: The actual t ime invoic ed for calls and service s by your service provider may v ary, depending on network features, rounding off for billing, taxes, and so forth . In st andby mode, sele ct Men u > Call register > Data/fax calls an d one of the following opti ons: Last sent data/fax â Vi ew the size ( KB) of the last sent data or fax call. Last rece ived data/fax âÂÂVi ew the size (KB) of the last received data or fa x call. All sent data/fax âÂÂVi ew the siz e (K B) of all sent data a nd fax calls. All receive d data/fax âÂÂVie w the si ze (KB) of all re ceived data and fax calls. Duration of last data/fax call âÂÂV iew the duration time of the last data or fax call. Duration of all data/fax ca lls âÂÂVi ew the duration time of all calls. Clear all data/fax registers âÂÂSel ect OK and then e nter Security code whe n prompted. â Minibrowser duration Minibrowser is a network service. See " Network Services ," p . vi i . I f your wireless service provider or n etwork operator supports this feature, you c an view t he size or duration of sent or received data from the m inibrowser. Note: The actual time i nvoiced for calls and services by y our service provider may va ry, depending on n etwork features, rounding off for billing, ta xes, an d so forth. In standby mode, select Men u > Call register > Minibrowser calls and one of the following option s: Last s e nt br owse r data âÂÂVie w the s iz e (KB) of the las t sent browser data. Last received browser data âÂÂVie w the size (KB) of t h e l ast rece ived data.
Call reg ister 33 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved. All sent brow ser data âÂÂVi ew the si ze (KB) of all se n t browser data. All re ceived browser da ta âÂÂVie w the size (KB) of all received browser data. La st brow se r se s sio n âÂÂV iew th e duration tim e of the last browser sessi on. All browse r sess i ons âÂÂView the duration tim e of all browser se ssions. Clear all brow s er registers âÂÂS elec t OK > Ye s to c lear all browser l ogs.
Contacts 34 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved. 6. Contacts The con tacts lis t can hold up to 500 conta cts with mu ltiple numbe rs and text notes for eac h conta ct. The amount of num bers and text entries yo u can sa ve may va ry, depe ndin g on the length and t otal n umber of entries in the c ontact s list. â Add new con tacts To access t he contacts list in standby mode, press the right selec tion key, or sel ect Menu > Con tac t s > Names if the righ t selection key on you r dev ice has a netw ork operator menu. Save contact name and number 1. In standby mode, enter the phone number you want to save . 2. Select Save . 3. Ente r the n ame, a nd select OK . Save contact numbe r only 1. In standby mode, enter the phone number you want to save . 2. Select and hold Optio ns . Save an entry 1. In standby mo de, s elect Menu > Contacts > Names > Opt io ns > Add ne w . 2. En ter the na me, an d select OK . 3. Ent er the p hone n umber , and select OK > Back . Save numbers and text it ems You can sav e different types of phone numbe rs and short te xt items per n ame to the con tacts list. Th e first num ber you save for any e ntry is autom atica lly set as the default n umber, whic h you can alw ays change . 1. In standby mo de, s c roll down to display your contacts list , and highligh t the ent ry to which you want to add a phone number or text item . 2. Sele ct De tails > Opt ions > Add detail > Number ( Gene ral , Mob ile , Home , Office , o r Fax ), E-mail address , Web address , Po s t a l address , Note , Im age , or To n e . 3. Enter th e number or text for the typ e you have sel ected , and sel ect OK . 4. To ch ange a number ty pe ( Gene ral , Mo bile , Hom e , Office , or Fa x ),
Contacts 35 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved. highlight th e numbe r, and select Opt ions > Change type . Change default numbe r You ca n also cha nge w hich phone numbe r is the default (p rimary) numbe r for the contac t en try. 1. In standby mode , sc roll down to select th e con tact entry you wan t to change, and select Details . 2. Scroll to th e nu mber you w ant to set as defaul t, and selec t Op tions > Set as default . Caller g r oups You ca n add contac ts list entries to any of five caller groups, and assi gn a unique ringing tone or graphi c to that group. This enable s y ou to iden tify callers from the group by their unique ringing ton e or graphic. 1. To assign an entr y in you r c ont acts list to a caller group, scroll to you r desired contact entry, and sele ct Details > Op tions > Caller groups > Family , VIP , Frie nds , Busin e s s , Other , or No group . 2. To manage your c aller groups, in standb y mode, select Me n u > Contact s > Caller groups > F amily , VIP , Fri ends , Bu sin ess , or Ot her to display the following ca ller group options: Group na me âÂÂRenam e the gro up to yo ur prefer ence . Group ringing t one â Set the r ingi ng tone for the grou p. Group logo âÂÂTu rn the gra phic for the caller group On or Off , or Vie w the grap hic. Group mem bers âÂÂAdd or remove members from the caller group. Set up spee d dial You can associate any entry in the con tac ts li st w ith a key f ro m 2 âÂÂ9. To dial those entries, press and hold the as sign ed ke y. S ee " Speed dial ," p. 49 to activa te o r deactiv ate speed dials. Assign a key to speed dial 1. In standby mode, select Menu > Co nta ct s > Speed dials . 2. Scroll to a n (em pty ) speed dial slot, and select Ass i gn . 3. En ter th e numb er (i nclu ding th e area co de) and a n ame for the number, and select OK ; or select Search to retrieve a number from the cont acts list. I f s p e e d d i a l i s o f f , t h e d e v i c e displays a prompt and asks if you want to turn speed dial on. 4. S ele ct Ye s to a ctivate speed dial.
Contacts 36 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved. Change speed dial numbers 1. In standby mode, s elect Menu > Con ta ct s > Spe ed dials . 2. Scroll to the speed dial entry you want to change, and select Option s > Ch an ge . 3. Enter the n ew num ber and a na me for the entry, and sel ect OK ; or sel ec t Sea rch to retrieve a nu mber from the cont acts list. Delete speed dial numbers 1. In standby mode, s elect Menu > Con ta ct s > Spe ed dials . 2. Scroll to the speed dial entry you want t o delete, and select Opti ons > Delete > Ye s . â V oice tags You ca n dial up to 25 stored num bers using v oice dialling. Befo r e using voice tags, n ote the following: ⢠Voice tags are not language- dependent. They depen d on the spea kerâÂÂs vo ice. ⢠You must say th e nam e exact ly a s you said it wh en you reco rded it. ⢠Voice tags are sensitive to background noise. Record voice tags, and use them in a quiet envir onm ent. ⢠Very shor t nam es are no t ac cepted . Use long n ames and avoid similar name s for different numbers. Note: Using voice tags ma y be difficult in a nois y env ironm ent or du ri ng a n emer ge ncy, s o you sho ul d not rely on v oice dialling in all ci rcum sta n ces. Assign a voice tag to an entry Before you c an use voice diallin g, you must first a ssign a voice ta g to the numbe r. 1. In s tandby m ode, s croll to the entry in your c ontact s list to which you want to assi gn a voic e tag. 2. Sele ct De tails > Opt ions > Add voi ce t ag > Start . 3. Sp eak clearly in to the microp hone. Do not select Quit unle ss you want to cancel t he re cordin g. Th e de vice automa tically stops recordin g, and saves and replay s the v oice tag. appears nex t to commands that have voice ta gs a ssigned . Dial a n um ber 1. In standby mode, press and hold the r ight select ion key wi th th e fol d open, or press an d hold the voice key regardless of the fold bein g open or closed.
Contacts 37 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved. 2. Wh en you hea r seve ral bee ps and Speak now appe ars, release the ke y. 3. Pronou nce the voice tag clea rly into the m icrophone. When the d evic e find s the voic e tag, Found : appears, and th e device automa tically dials the nu mber. If the device does not locate a number or recogni se the voice tag, No matc h found appe ars. Voi ce t ags 1. Af ter you h ave associ ate d a v oice tag to a contac t, select Men u > Contact s > V oi ce tags and your desired voice tag entry. 2. S ele ct P layback , Change , or Delete . â Edit contacts list entries 1. In standby mode, scroll to the entry you want to e dit in yo ur contacts list. 2. S ele ct D etails > Opti ons . 3. Select one of the following option s, which may vary depend ing on whether you are editing a contact listed by phone num ber or contact name: Vie w âÂÂV iew th e phon e nu mber o f the cont act. A d d detail â Add more details to the contac t: Name (only avai lable w i th no name a dded), Number ( Ge neral , Mobile , Home , Office , o r Fa x ), E-mail address , Web address , P ostal address , Note , Imag e (only available wi th no image added), or Tone . Edit num ber , Add d etail , or Ch ange image âÂÂEd it an exi sti n g co nta ct, phone num ber, de tails, or image attache d to the con tact. Delete â Delete more de tails ( De let e number , Delete det ail , or Delete image ) or the en tire conta ct ent ry ( Delete c ontact ) of th e contact. Send message âÂÂCr eat e and sen d th e con tact a text mes sage o r multime dia mess age. Use n umbe r âÂÂUse or save the number (av ailable when you select a contac t listed with a contact name). Sele ct Opt ions to us e th e number. Set as default âÂÂCha nge the default number of the con tact. Change type âÂÂCha nge t he num ber type to Gene ral , Mobile , Home , Office , or Fax . Ad d v o i c e t a g or Vo i c e t a g âÂÂAdd a voice ta g to the conta ct with no voice tag assigned, o r select Playback , Change , or Delet e wi th a voice tag assigned.
Contacts 38 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved. Send b us . card âÂÂSend th e co ntac t a s a b u s i n e s s c a r d t o a n o t h e r device. Caller groups âÂÂAdd the cont act to an existing caller group. Speed dial â Add the contac t to your speed dial list. 4. Edit the option to your prefe ren ce, an d se lec t OK . â Delete contacts entries To delete all en tries in yo ur contacts list, in stan dby mode, select Menu > Contact s > De lete all cont acts . â Access the contacts menu 1. In standby mode, s elect Menu > Con ta ct s and one of the following options: Names âÂÂVie w the entri es i n yo ur cont ac ts li st, and sel ect Details or Option s > Search , Add new , or Delete contact for your selecte d entr y. Settings âÂÂChan ge th e con tacts lis t view or ch ec k the memo ry statu s of your devic e. Caller groups âÂÂV iew and edit the properties of any of the caller groups, including Family , VI P , Friends , Busi ness , or O ther . V oice tags âÂÂListen to, modify, or dele te a voice tag to a conta ct in the conta cts lis t. Speed dials âÂÂView or modify the list of speed dial numbers. Dele te all contacts âÂÂDe lete a ll ent ries in your conta cts list. 2. Sele ct an option to activa te the feature or access its su bmenu. Search for a n a me 1. In standby mo de, s croll down to display the conte nts of your conta cts list. 2. Pres s the key c orrespondin g to the first lette r of the name for which you are se arching. 3. Scroll to s elect a conta ct, and sele ct Details to vie w th e de tails . Configure set t ings You can se lect how the conta cts appear in your contacts lis t and view the amoun t of memory used or availab le in your de vice. In standby mode, select Men u > Contact s > Settings > Scrolling v iew to change view of name list or Memory status t o vi ew the de vice m emory us ed and remainin g.
Contacts 39 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved. â Send and receive contac ts Yo u can sen d and rec eive an e ntry in you r co nta cts li st us ing text messaging, if supported by your wireless service provider or network operator. Send a business ca rd You can se nd a b usi nes s car d as a te xt mess age to a compatible phon e or other h andhe ld device . 1. H ighlight your desired entry from your conta cts list, an d select Details > Op tions > Send bus. card > Vi a multim edia or Via t ext message . De fault n umber and All details options appear only if you have more than one number or deta il saved to the cont act en try. 2. Ente r the numb er for your recipient, or se lect Search to retrieve a number from your conta cts list. 3. S ele ct OK and the bu siness card is sent .
Gallery 40 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved. 7. Gallery You ca n save pictures, vide o clips, recordin gs, and ringing tone s to fold ers in the G allery an d ad d new fo lder s a s well. You can download images and tones using MMS, SMS, mobile Intern et sites, or Nokia PC S uite. Note: Only compat ible devices offering c ompatible multim edia mes sage features can r ecei ve an d di splay multim edia mes sages. Your device supports a digital right s manag ement syste m to protect co ntent you h ave ac quired. Conte nt such as a ringing tone, ca n be protected and associated with certain usage rules, for example, the number of usage times or a certain usage period. Usage rules are defined in th e co ntent activ ation key th at can be deli vere d wi th the con tent or de liver ed separately, depending on your w ireless service provider or network operator. You ma y be able to update the act ivation k ey . Alwa ys check th e delive ry terms of any co nten t and activation key before acquiring them, as they may b e su bjec t to a f ee. Copyright protection may prevent some images, ringing tones, and other conte nt from being copied, modified, transferred, or diverted. Your device has about 12 MB of memory for storing files in the Gall ery . This memory is not share d with other function s, such as conta cts. If the device displa ys a mes sage that the memory is full, delete some existin g files before proceeding. â Folders 1. In standby mo de, s elect Menu > Galle ry > Images , Video clips , Graphic s , Tones , Re co rdin gs , T hem es , o r a us er-created folde r. 2. Sele ct Open to vie w a li s t of the files in the folder or Opt ion s to ac cess the followi ng: Delete folder âÂÂDel et e a fold er you ha ve crea ted. You cann ot del ete a prese t fold er. Move âÂÂMove th e sel ected f old er into anoth er folder. After selectin g Move , scroll to anothe r folder, and sele ct Move t o . You c annot move a prese t fold er. Rename folder âÂÂRen ame a folder you ha ve create d. You cannot re nam e a pr eset fol der. Deta ils âÂÂSh ow t he n ame, size, and date of creation of the selected folder. Type of v iew âÂÂSelec t List w ith details , Lis t , or Grid to determine how to dis play th e folders and files with in them.
Ga llery 41 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved. Sort âÂÂSort the conten ts of the selected folder by name, date , format, or size. Add folde r âÂÂCreate a n ew folde r. Memory stat us âÂÂC heck th e available memory for the device handse t. A cti vatio n key lis t âÂÂView the list of availabl e activati on keys. Y ou can delete activation keys if desired.
Media 42 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved. 8. Media â Media playe r With the media pla yer you can download, view, and play compatible images, audio and video files, and anima ted images from a variety of sourc es. The media player enables you to play streaming videos and streaming audio from a network s erver. Streaming function ality is a netw ork service and requires netw ork support. Check the availabilit y of these servic es, pricing, and tariffs with your n etwork operator or the service provider whose service you wa nt to use. Service prov iders will also give you instructions on how to use th eir serv ices. In standby mode , select Men u > Media > Me dia player and one of the following: Ope n Galle ry âÂÂOpen t he Gal lery . F ro m Gallery , you can play store d audio and video files. See " Gallery ," p . 40 . Go to address âÂÂE nter the a ddres s o f a mobile Intern et se rvice, a nd se lect OK . â Radio Your phone has an FM radio that also functions as an alarm clock radio. To listen to the FM radio on you r phone, co nnect a co mp atible m usic st and or ste reo h eads et to the conn ecto r on the bottom of the phone. The FM radio use s the wire of the hea dset as an antenn a. A compatible he adset nee ds to be atta ched to th e devi ce fo r th e FM radio to function prope rly. The quality of a radio broadcast depends on coverage of the radio station in that particular area. Warning : Listen to m usic at a moderate level. Continu ous exposure to high volum e may damage your hearing. Do not hold the device near your e ar when the loudspeak er is in use, be cause the v olume may be ex tre mel y loud. Turn the radio on and off 1. Con nect the phone to a comp atible headset or music stand. 2. In standby mo de, s elect Menu > Media > Radio . T he c hanne l loca tion numbe r, the nam e of the radio cha nnel (if you have saved the channe l), an d the frequen cy of the radio channel are displayed. To use the gr aphical ke ys , , , or on the display, sc roll left or right to the desired key, and selec t it.
Media 43 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved. 3. I f yo u hav e al ready sa ved r adio chan nels, select or to s croll to the chan nel you w ould like to listen t o. To select a ra dio channel loca tion, briefly press t he corresponding nu mber keys . 4. To turn off the radio, pre ss and hold th e end ke y, or selec t Opti ons > Switch off . Optio ns With th e radio on, select Options an d one of the follow ing: Switc h off âÂÂTurn off the radio. Save chann el âÂÂSave the curre nt station to one of 20 locations (only available wit h a new st ati on ente red) . Channels âÂÂScroll u p or do wn t o selec t a ch annel from 20 loc ations. With a n exi sting channel h ighlighted, se lect Opt io n s > Dele te chan nel or Re nam e to delete or re name the save d channe l. Mo no o utp ut or Stereo output âÂÂLis ten to the radio in monaural mode (d efau lt) o r in s te reo. Ste reo o utp ut is available t hrough a st ereo enha ncemen t. Louds peaker or Headset âÂÂListe n to the radio th rough the sp eakerph one or thr oug h the head set. Set frequen cy âÂÂMa nua lly enter th e frequency of a known radio station. To set the radio frequency , press * a nd use the keyp ad to en ter the fre quency of a known radio station. To adjust th e radio volume , press the volume up and down keys. When a n application using a browser conne ction is sen ding or receiving data, it may interfere with th e radio. Whe n you place or receiv e a call, the radio autom atically mutes. Wh en the call ends, t he radio switches bac k on. Tune and sa ve a radio channel You ca n save a preset station to a ny one of 20 loca tions in memory . 1. With the radio on , select or to change the radio frequency in 0.1 MHz steps , or select and hold or to start th e ch annel search. Se arc hing stops when a chan nel is foun d. 2. To sav e the ch annel, sele ct Opt io ns > Save channel . 3. Enter a n ame for the ch an nel, an d sel ect OK . â V o ice recorder This feature enables you to re cord pieces of speech or sound with your devic e and listen to the m later. The to tal ava ila bl e ti me is 3 mi nute s w i t h no mem os stored. The maximu m length of a recording depends on how much memory re mains ava ilable.
Media 44 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved. In standby mode , select Men u > Media > Recorder > Reco rd to start the recordin g or Re cordings list to mana ge the folde r you have de fined for recordin g storage. Record speech or s ound 1. In standby mode, s elect Menu > Media > Recor der > Reco rd . 2. After you he ar the re corder start tone, begin recording speec h or sou nd . 3. When y ou finish rec ording, select Stop a nd yo ur reco rding is save d to the Recordi ngs folder in the Gallery . Options After yo u have sa ved the recordi ng to the Recordings folde r, high light the recordin g, and select Ope n to listen to the recording u sing the earpiece; or sel ect Opt ions and one of the following. Delete â Erase the recording. Rename â Cha nge the name of th e recordin g. Set as ring tone âÂÂUse your recording as a ringtone (a carrier-depe ndent feature). Details â Show the nam e, size, and da te of creation of th e recording. Ty pe of view âÂÂSel ect Li st w ith d eta il s , List , or Gr id to det ermine how to display th e recording Sort âÂÂSort the conten ts of the recording by name , date, format, or size . â Media equaliser The e qualis er enh anc es the sound quality whe n using th e music player by amplify ing or attenuatin g frequenc y bands. Y ou can acc ess five preset equalis er settings ( Normal , Po p , Rock , Jaz z , a nd Classical ) and two custo misable sett ings. Activa te an equ aliser se t In standby mode, select Menu > Media > E qualiser , scroll to the de sired setting, and select A c tiva te . Create a custom equaliser set 1. In standby mo de, s elect Menu > Media > Equaliser . 2. Scroll to Se t 1 or Set 2 , a nd s ele ct Opt io n s > Edit . T he sel ec ted set app ea rs in the display with the bar on the far left highligh ted. The bars adjust frequenc ies, from the lowest
Media 45 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved. (the left most bar) to the high est (the rightmost bar). The higher the indicator on a particular bar, the more that fre quency is amplified. 3. To a djust the lowe st frequency, scroll up and down on th e bar. 4. To adjus t other frequencies, scroll left or right to the othe r bars. 5. Repeat s t ep s 3 and 4 to adjust t he setting for each frequenc y; then sel ect Sav e . 6. To ren ame the setting, select Opt ions > Ren am e , ente r a new name, and s elect OK . 7. To a ctivate th e sett ing, sel ect Ac t i v a t e .
Settings 46 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved. 9. Settings Use this menu to change profiles, them es, main display settings, mini display s ettings, ton e settings, time and date settings, ca ll settings , phone settings , voice comm ands, enha ncem ent se ttings, security settings , application sett ings, network settings, network services , and restore fact ory se tting s. â Profiles Profiles define how your de vice reacts whe n you receive a call or me ssage and ho w your keypa d so und s when you pres s a ke y. Yo u c an lea ve r ing in g options, keypad tones, and other settings for each of the av ailable profiles at their default setting, or persona lise them to suit yo ur needs. Profiles are also available for enhanc em ents such as the hea dset and car k it. See " Enhanc emen t settin gs ," p. 54 . To activate a profile, in standby mode, sel ect Menu > S ettings > Pro files > Ge ner al , Silen t , Meeting , Outd oor , or P ager > Act i va te . Personalise a profile You can personalise any of the profiles in various w ays. 1. In standby mo de, s elect Menu > Setti ngs > Profiles . 2. Sele ct the profile you want to personalise. 3. Sele ct Pe rsonalise and the op tion you w ant to personalise. Set a timed profile You ca n use timed profile s to prev ent missed calls. F or example, suppose you attend an event requ iring your device set to Silent be fore the event starts, but you forge t to return it to Gene ral until long af ter the event. A time d profile can pre vent missed calls by returnin g your devic e to the default profile at a time you specify. You can set timed profiles up to 24 ho urs in advance. 1. In standby mo de, s elect Menu > Setti ngs > Profiles . 2. Sele ct the profile you want to activa te and Time d for timed exp iration. 3. Enter the time in h h:mm form at for the profile to expire, and select OK .
Settings 47 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved. â T one settings You ca n adjust th e ringin g volume, keypad t ones, and more for t he act ive profile. See " Personalise a profile ," p. 46 for more in formation on profile setti ngs. Select Menu > Settings > Tones and one of the follow ing: Inco ming call a lert âÂÂSel ect how the devic e no tifies you of an incomi ng call. Video ringing ton e âÂÂSel ect On or Off to indicate whether t o replace th e defau lt audio ringing ton e with the selected video. Ring ing tone â Select th e ringing tone for incomin g calls. Ring ing volume âÂÂSet the vo lume of your ringin g tone. Light indic ator âÂÂT urn the ligh t indicator on or off w ith On or Off . Vibratin g alert âÂÂTurn the vibrating alert On or Off . Message alert tone âÂÂSe lec t the tone fo r rece ived mess ages. Keypad tones âÂÂSet th e volu me of y our keypad t ones (or turn them off). Warning tones â Turn warning and confirm ation tones On or Off . Alert for â Define whic h caller groups the selected profile will accept or decline. See " Caller grou ps ," p . 35 . â Th emes A th eme co nta ins m any el emen ts for personalizing y our phone, such as wallpa per, screen save r, colour scheme, and a ringing tone. To choose the theme of your display, in standby mo de, select Menu > Settin gs > Them es > Se lect theme and then se lect the desi red them e. â Main display settings Wallpaper You ca n set your dev ice to disp lay a background pi cture (wallpaper). 1. In standby mode, select Menu > Settings > Main display > Wallpaper > Select wallpaper > Images , Video clips , Gra ph ics , o r a user-created folde r > Op en . 2. Brows e your selecte d folder contai ning the graphic s or image of your desired wallpaper. 3. Whe n yo u arrive at th e imag e of your c hoice, select Optio ns > Set as wallpaper . 4. To a ctivate or deac tivate wallpape r, in standb y mode, select Menu > Settings > Main display > Wallpaper > On or Off .
Settings 48 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved. Screen saver In st andby mode, sele ct Men u > Setting s > Main display > Scr een sa ver > On , Off , Screen s avers ( Image , Slide set , or Video clip ), o r Tim e-o ut . Power save r You can turn the power save r on and off. In standby mode, s e lect Menu > Setting s > Main disp lay > Po w e r s a v e r > On or Off . Colour schemes You ca n change th e c olour of some disp lay com pone nts in you r dev ice, such a s indicat ors and sign al bars. In st andby mode, sele ct Men u > Setting s > Main disp lay > Col ou r scheme s an d the colour scheme of yo ur choice. Choose a banner Banner is a carrier-de pendent feature. If your wire less service prov ider or network operator supports this feature, yo u can ch oose w hether th e dis play shows the operator logo when the phone is in the idle state. In st andby mode, sele ct Men u > Setting s > Main disp lay > Ban n er > Default or Pe rsonali se . Backlight tim e-out You ca n choose how long to set th e backlights on. In standby mode, s elect Menu > Settings > Main display > Back light time -out > 15 secon ds or P ersonalise (to en ter t he time- out rangin g from 1 5 seco nds to 5 minut es). â Mini display se tti ngs Power saver You can turn the power saver on and off . I n st and by m od e, se lec t Menu > Settings > M ini display > Pow e r s a v e r > On or Off . â Time and date settings Clock In standby mode, select Men u > Settings > Time and date > Clock > Show clock or Hide cloc k , S et th e time , Time zone or Time format . Date In standby mode, select Men u > Settings > Time and date > Date > Show date or Hid e da te , Set the dat e , Date format , or Date separator .
Settings 49 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved. Dat e an d tim e au to-up date Auto-updat e is a ne twork service. See " Network Se rvices ," p. vii . If your wireless service provider or network operator supports this feature , you can allow the digital netw ork to set th e clock , whic h is use ful whe n you a re out of your home area, for inst ance whe n you have trave led to a nothe r network or time zon e. In standby mode, select Me n u > Settin gs > Time and date > Auto- update of date & tim e > On , Con firm first , or Of f . If you use t he Au to-update of date & time option while outside your digital network, you m ay be prompte d to enter the t ime m anually . Network t ime will re place the time and date when you reent er your digital ne twork. If your battery has been removed or has d ischa rged outsi de the digit al network, you m ay be prompte d to ente r the time ma nually (w hen the battery is replaced or recharged, and you a re still outside of the digita l ne two rk) . â Call settings Anykey answer An ykey a nsw er ena bles yo u to answ er an in coming call. Briefly p ress a ny key exce pt th e r ig ht s elec tio n ke y or end key. In standby mode, sele c t Menu > Settin gs > Call > Anykey answer > On or Off . Au toma tic re dial Occa sionally , your network may experience heavy traffic, result ing in a fast busy signal when you dial. With au tomatic redia l activa ted, you r device redials the nu mber (number of times is specified by the netwo rk), and notifies you when the n etwork is avail able. In standby mode, sele c t Menu > Settin gs > Call > Automatic redial > On or Off . Speed dial You ca n acti vate or deactiv ate sp eed dial. In standby mode, s e lect Menu > Settin gs > Call > Speed dialling > On or Off . Se e " Set up speed dial ," p. 35 .
Settings 50 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved. Open fol d to answer By default, your phone answers an incomin g call wh en you open the fold. You ca n change th e defa ult setting to hav e your phone not a nswer ca lls wit h the fold open. In st andby mode, sele ct Men u > Setting s > Call > Answer when fold is opened > On or Off . Calling card If you us e a calling card for long distanc e calls, yo u can save the calling card nu mbers in your de vice. Your devic e can store up to four callin g cards. Con tact your ca lling card company for more information. Save i nformation 1. In standby mode, s elect Menu > Settings > Cal l > Callin g card . 2. Enter your security code, an d select OK . Se e " Change lock code ," p. 56 . 3. Scroll to one of the four card memory loc ations, and select Option s > Edit > Dialling s equence and one of the following sequence types: A c cess no. phone no . card no. â Dial the a cces s number , th e pho ne number, then the c ard nu mber (an d the PIN, if required). A c cess no. card n o. phone no. â Dial the ac cess num ber, the ca rd number (and the PIN, if required), th en t he ph one nu m be r. Prefix phon e no. card no. âÂÂDial the p refi x (number s that mu st prec ede the pho ne nu mber) and phone number you want to dial, then th e car d number (and t he PI N, if required). 4. Enter th e required information (access numbe r or prefix and card numbe r), and select OK to confirm you r en tr ies . 5. Sele ct Card name , ent er th e card na me, and select OK . Make ca lls After you hav e saved your ca lling card informa tion in your dev ice, you ca n make a ca ll using you r calling card. 1. In standby mo de, s elect Menu > Setti ngs > Call > Calling c ard . 2. En ter your lo ck code , and sele ct OK . See " Change lock code ," p. 56 . 3. Sele ct your desire d calling card. 4. Pres s the end ke y to return to standb y mode; the n enter the phone number, including any prefix (such as 0 or 1) that your c alling card ma y require whe n you make a calling ca rd call. See you r calling card for inst ructions 5. Press and ho ld th e call key for a f ew secon ds until Card c all appears. 6. W hen you hear th e tone or sy stem message, s elect OK .
Settings 51 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved. Internati onal prefix You ca n store an inte rnational diallin g prefix into your device. In standby mode, select Menu > Se ttings > Call > Inte rnational prefix . In standby mode, when y ou enter (press * twice) at the beginning of a phone number, y our devic e aut oma ti call y in s ert s the i nte rn ation al diallin g prefix that you ha ve stored afte r you pre ss th e call key. See " Inser t dialling code s ," p. 28 . Data or fax calls Dat a and fax calling is a network servi ce. See " Network Services ," p. vii . If y our w ireless serv ice pro vider or network operator supports this featu re, you ca n set up the dev ice to send or rece ive data an d fax ca lls with a terminal, such as a PDA or PC, conne ct ed. For better performanc e during data calls, place t he device on a stationary sur face . Do n ot mo ve the devi ce by holding it in y our hand du ring a data call. For more in formation on conn ectivit y, refer to the PC/PDA Connectivit y Guide which can be downloaded from the Nok ia website at http://w w w.nokia-asi a.com. 1. In standby mode, select Menu > Settings > Call > Data/fax calls > Incoming data/fax ca ll and o ne of the following option s: Normal âÂÂThe device receive s incoming ca lls as usu al. Data calls only âÂÂThe devi ce r ece ive s only data calls . F ax calls only â The dev ice rece iv es only fax ca lls. 2. Whe n fini shed with re ceiving th e Data or Fax call, the phone w ill return to Normal mod e . Data tr ansf er You can view t he tra nsmis sion spee d when sending or receiving data and fax calls. In standby mode, sele c t Menu > Settin gs > Call > Data/fax calls > Data rate display > G raphic or Off . Call summa ry Yo ur device can dis play the time spe nt on a call whe n you han g up. In standby mode, select Menu > Se ttings > Call > Call summ ary > On or Off . Ringing tone for n o caller ID You can s elect a different ringing ton e for calls receiv ed with n o caller ID. In standby mode, sele c t Menu > Settin gs > Call > Ringing t one fo r n o caller ID > On or Off .
Settings 52 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved. â Phone settings Phone language The phon e language affects time and date formats of the clock, clock, and calend ar. Memor y status You ca n view the size of memory available on your device. I n standby mode, selec t Menu > Settings > Phone > Memory stat us . You ca n view the size of memory available for application in stallatio ns. In standby m ode, select Menu > Extras > Memory . Automatic keyguard You can set th e keyp ad of yo ur d evice to lock autom atically a fter a preset time de lay. 1. In standby mode, s elect Menu > Settings > Phone > Automatic keyguard > On or Off . 2. If you select On , Set delay : is displayed. 3. Enter the de lay time (i n mm:ss format), and select OK . Whe n keygua rd is on, it ma y be possible to dial the emergenc y number programmed into your devic e. DTM F to ne s DTMF tones are the to nes that soun d when you pres s the keys on yo ur device keypad. You can use DTM F tone s for many a utomated dial-up s ervices such as banking and airlines or for entering your voice mailbox num ber and password. DTMF tone s are sent durin g an active call. You can send them man ually from yo ur devic e keypa d, or sen d them autom atically by savi ng them in y our device . Set type In standby mode, select Men u > Settings > Phon e > D TMF tone s > Manual DT MF tones a n d one of the following option s: Contin uous âÂÂUs ed to set the to ne sound for as long as you pre ss and hold a ke y. Fi xed âÂÂU sed to send tones of the duration you specify in th e D TMF tone length opt ion. Off â Used to turn off tones. No tones are sent w hen yo u pres s a ke y. Set length You can spe cify DTM F tone length for the Fixed opt ion. In sta ndby mo de, sel ect Menu > Settin gs > Phone > DTMF t ones > DTMF t one length > Short (0.1 secon ds) or Long (0. 5 secon ds) .
Settings 53 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved. Start- up tone Yo u can select to ha ve a start-up to ne when you first turn on you r device. In standby mode , select Menu > Settin gs > Phone > S tart-up tone > On or Off . Help text a ctiva tion Your device displays brief descriptions for most m enu items. Wh en you arrive at a feature or menu, pause for about 14 s eco nds and wai t f or th e he lp text to disp lay. If ne cess ary, us e the s croll key to page throu gh the full he lp text. The default s etting for help text is On . Howe ver, yo u can t urn help text on or off. In standby mode, select Menu > Settin gs > Phone > Help tex t activat ion > On or Of f . â V oice commands Before us ing voice tags, note the followin g: ⢠Voice tags are not language- dependent , but depend on the sp eake râÂÂs vo ic e. ⢠You mu st s ay th e na me ex act ly a s you said it w hen you recorde d it. ⢠Voice tags are sensitive to back ground no ise . Record vo ice tags, and use them in a quiet envi ron men t. ⢠Very short na mes are not acce pted . Use long na mes, and avoid similar names for different num bers. Not e: Using voice tags may be difficult in a noisy environme nt or during an emerg ency, so you should not rely on voice dialling in all circ u mst anc es. Ha nds -fr ee o p erat ion Yo u can set as many as 16 voi ce comman ds to enable hands -free operation of ce rtain feature s in your device. Assign a voice tag to a com mand Before using v oice comm ands, you mus t first add a vo ice tag to th e dev ice function . 1. In standby mode, select Menu > Settings > Vo i c e c o m m a n d s . 2. Select the device function you want to tag: Profiles , Vo i c e mailbox , Radio , Voice recorder , or Call register . 3. If nece ssar y, se lect a n option assoc iated with that fu nction. 4. Se lect Start , an d spea k the voice tag clearl y into the mic rophone. Do not select Quit unless you w ant to canc el the recording. The d evice repl ays an d sa ves th e recorded tag. appears next to comm ands wi th v oice ta gs as sig ned .
Settings 54 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved. Act ivate a voic e comman d After you have associate d a vo ice tag with a func tion in your de vice, to issue a com ma nd, spe ak the voic e tag. 1. In standby mode, pre ss and hold the right s election key or voice ke y. 2. With Spe ak no w displayed, pronounce t he v oice tag clearly into the mic rophone. With the voice ta g found, the de vice displays Foun d: , and plays the recogni sed voice ta g through the earpiece. The function you request ed is activated. Options After you have associate d a vo ice tag to a command, you can select one of the following option s: Playback âÂÂListen to the voice comma nd tag. Change âÂÂChan ge th e voic e comman d. Delete âÂÂErase t he v oic e command t ag. â Enhancement settings The e nhanc emen t settin gs menu is shown only if the device has been co nnected to a compatib le enhancem ent. In s tandby mode, select Menu > Settings > Enha nce-ment s > Headset , H andsfree , Loopset , Te x t phone , Music stand , or Charger . Headse t Import ant : The headset may affect your ability to hear sounds around y ou. Do no t use the head set in situatio ns tha t may endange r your safety . Select the option of you r choice to ente r the s ubm en u and modi fy i ts set tings. Default profile âÂÂChoose the profile you want a utomat ically act ivated with a headse t connecte d. Automatic a nswer âÂÂAn swer c alls autom atically afte r one ring wit h a headse t connecte d. Select On or Of f . Note: Au tomatic answe r will only be active whilst Ge nera l profile is active . Hands-free opera tion Select the option of you r choice to ente r the s ubm en u and modi fy i ts set tings. Default profile âÂÂChoose the profile you want a utomat ically act ivated with you r device connect ed to a car kit. Automatic a nswer âÂÂAn swer c alls autom atically after one ring with a car kit c onne cted. S elect On or Off . Note: Au tomatic answe r will only be active whilst Ge nera l profile is active . Lights âÂÂC hoose to k eep the dev ice lights always on, or to shut off autom atically after seve ral secon ds. Select On or Automatic .
Settings 55 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved. Loopset The LPS- 4 loopset is recommended for use with your devic e. Se lect the option of your choi ce to enter the subme nu and modify its settings. Defau lt profile âÂÂC hoose the profile you want to be automati cally acti vated whe n you r device is conne cted to a loopset. Automat ic answer âÂÂAnswer ca lls au tomatical ly after on e ring when a loopset is co nnected. Select On or Off . Note: Automat ic answer will only be active whilst Ge neral profile is active. Ch arge r Select th e option of your choice to enter the submenu and m odify its setti ngs. Defau lt profile âÂÂC hoose the profile you want a utoma tically ac tivated w ith your de vice connec ted to t he charg er. Lights âÂÂCho ose to keep th e de vice lights al ways on, or to shut off au tomatically a fter several s econds. Select On or A utoma tic . â Security settings Whe n first accessing the sec urity sett ings, enter th e preset lock code. The default s etting for lock c ode is 12345 . Depending on your wireles s service provider or network operator, the preset lock code can be a fou r digit numbe r such as 1234 or 0000 . If none of th ese w ork, cont ac t your wire less service provider or network operator for help. Phone lock The phone loc k feature protects your device from u nauthorised outgoing calls or unau thorised access to information s tored in the dev ice. With phone lock activa ted, Phone locked a ppears e ach time yo u turn y our device on or off. With th e device locked, ca lls may s till be possible to the official emergenc y number programme d into your device. 1. In standby mode, select Menu > Settings > Security . 2. Enter t he lock code, and select OK . See " Change lock co de ," p . 56 . 3. Se lect Phone lock and one of the following options: Off âÂÂImme dia tely tur ns off the device lock feature . Lock n ow âÂÂImmed iately t urns on the dev ice lock fe ature.
Settings 56 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved. On power-u p âÂÂTurns on the dev ice lo ck featu re t he next t ime y ou turn the d evice on. Wit h Lock now sele cted , you must enter your loc k code before the device can funct ion norm ally. With th e lock code accepted, your device functions norma lly. Call not allowed appears if you at tempt to place a call wit h your de vice loc ked. To answer a call with phone lock on, sel ect Answer , or press the call key. Allow numbers With phon e lock on, the only outgoing calls yo u ca n make a re to th e emergen cy number programmed into your dev ice (for e xample , 111 or 00 0 or 911) or the numbe r stored in th e Allowed number wh en lo ck active location: 1. In standby mode, s elect Menu > Settings > Security . 2. Enter the lock code, an d select OK . See " Change lock code ," p. 56 . 3. Select Allowed number when lock active . With an empt y folder selecte d, select Assi g n , a nd e nt er th e pho ne number; or sel ect A ssign > Se arch to recall the numbe r from your conta cts list. Select OK . To call the allow ed phone numbe r, in standby mod e, scroll d own to highlight the n umber you w ant to call, or ente r it on the keypad , and then pres s the ca ll k ey to pl ace the c all. Change lock code The preset lock code, by default, is the last four digits of your phone numbe r. Depending on y our wirele ss service provider or netwo rk operator, the preset lock code can be a four digit numbe r such as 1234 or 00 00. If none of these w ork, conta ct your w ireless service provide r or n etwork operator for help. To e nsure the secu rit y o f yo ur de vice, you may w ant to cha nge th e pre set lock co de to your ow n selecte d four digit number. Avoid using codes similar to eme rgency nu mbers such as 11 1 or 000 or 911 to prevent acc idental dialling of th e emergency nu mber. If you enter an inc orrect lock code five times in a row , your devic e may as k you for the secu rity code. By default, the security code is 123 45, a five digit numbe r. Note: With th e wr ong lock code entered five tim es in success ion, your phone will no t accept yo ur correc t lock code for 5 m inut es, even if y ou power off the device between inco rrect en tries. 1. In standby mo de, s elect Menu > Setti ngs > Secu rity . 2. Enter the lock code, and select OK . 3. Sele ct Chan ge lock code . 4. En ter the ne w lock code (m ust be 4 characters in length ).
Settings 57 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved. 5. R eenter the new lock code for verificatio n, and s elect OK . Whe n ch anging you r lock c ode, make sure yo u stor e it i n a safe pl ace, away from your devic e. Avoid entering acce ss codes similar to e mergen cy num bers to p re vent acc ident al emerg ency call s. Call restrictions Select c all restri ctions to block or allow numbers for incomi ng and outgoing calls. With any nu mbers ente red as allowe d numbers, all those ent ered as blocked num bers are ignored. With a number block ed, the phone blocks any call fro m it, an d send the caller t o t he voice mail. 1. In standby mode, select Menu > Settings > Security . 2. Ente r the lock code, and select OK . See " Change lock code ," p . 56 . 3. Se lec t C all restriction s . 4. Sel ect the types of calls you want to restrict: Restrict outgoing calls âÂÂSe t restrictions on ma king calls . Restrict incom ing cal ls âÂÂSet restrictions on re ceiving call s. 5. Select whether to block or allow numbers : Blocked numbers âÂÂS et t he num bers the phone can only block, allowing all the rest. Allowed numb ers âÂÂSet the numb ers the phone ca n only call or receive, blocking all the rest. 6. Select one of these options: Select , A d d res triction (una vailable with memory fu ll), Edi t (un available with no num ber added), or Delete (unava ilable w ith n o number added). Not e: With res tricted calls, you ma y still call the officia l emer gen cy num ber programme d into your device. Voice privacy Voice privacy is a ne two rk service. See " Network Services ," p. vi i . If your wireless se rvice provider or network oper ator supp orts th is feat ure, th e voic e p r i vac y featur e protec ts the privacy of your current phon e conve rsation from other callers placing phone calls on your same netw ork. 1. In standby mode, select Menu > Settings > Security . 2. Enter t he lock code, and select OK . See " Change lock co de ," p . 56 . 3. Se lect V o ice privacy > On or Off .
Settings 58 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved. â Application settings 1. In standby mode, s elect Menu > Settings > Applicatio n settings . 2. Scroll to one of the followin g submenus to activate option s for preset or downloaded games or application s. Application sounds âÂÂS ele ct On or Off . Application lights âÂÂSel ect Ap p. defined or De fault . Application v ibration âÂÂSele ct On or Off . â Network The me nu options you s ee in your device depend on your service providerâÂÂs network. The ne twork determ ines which option s actua lly appear in the device menu . Check with your servic e provider for more inform ation. The Network menu ena bles you to personalise the way your device chooses a network in which to ope rate while you a re within or outs ide of your primary or hom e system. Your device is set t o search f or the m ost co st- eff ect ive n etwo rk. I f your devi ce cannot find a preferred net work, it select s a network automati cally based on the opti on you choose in the Netw ork menu. Roaming options You can se t your dev ice to roam or search for anothe r net work when yo u are no t in your ho me area . 1. In standby mo de, s elect Menu > Setti ngs > Network > Roaming options and one of the following options: Home o nl y âÂÂY ou can ma ke a nd rece ive calls in your home area only. Automat ic âÂÂThe dev ice au tomatically s earches for se rvice in another digital network. With no se rvice foun d, the device uses analogue service . The roaming rate applies when n ot in the home servi ce area. 2. Sele ct OK , if necessary, to confirm the activa tion. Mode You ca n choo se wheth er yo ur device uses digital or analogue service. In standby mode, select Men u > Settings > Network > Mode and one of the following s ervice options: Digital preferred â The dev ice work s in digital mod e but will also work in analogue mode wit h digital mode unava ilable. Digital only â The device only works in digital mode. Analogue on ly âÂÂThe device only works in analogue mode.
Settings 59 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved. â Network services The following fe atures are network servi ces. See " Network Servic es ," p. vii . Store a feature code 1. In standby mode, select Menu > Settings > Network services > Ne twor k fea ture se tti ng . 2. Ente r the feature code from you r service provider (for example, *633), a nd select OK . 3. Select t he type of service that matc hes the feat ure c ode you entered (for example, Call dive rt ). Th e act ivate d fea ture code is no w stored in your device, and you are returned to the F eature code: field. Contin ue entering oth er feature codes (for example, *633), or press the en d key to return to s tandby mode. When you enter a network feat u re code su ccessf ull y, the featu re be com es visi ble in th e Network services menu. Call diverting Call dive rting tells your n etwork to redirect inc oming ca lls to another numbe r. Call divertin g is a network service and may n ot work the same in all netw orks , so con tact you r wireles s service provider or network operator for availabilit y. Activate The following option s may not all appea r in the display. They w ill only appea r in the di splay if the relevant feature c ode h as been entered i nto the phone . 1. In standby mode, select Menu > Settings > Ne twork servic es > C all divert and one of the following options: Divert all cal ls âÂÂDiv ert all calls to th e numbe r yo u s pec ify. Divert if busy â Divert in coming calls whe n you a re in a call. Divert if not an swered âÂÂDive rt incoming ca lls to anoth er number if yo u are u nable to answer. Y ou can set a delay before diverting takes place . Divert if out of reach âÂÂDi vert incom ing calls w hen your devic e is off. 2. Se lect Activate . 3. Ent er the nu mber to whi ch yo ur calls, data, or other in formation will be diverte d, and select OK . Cancel In standby mode, sele c t Menu > Settin gs > Network s ervi ce s > Call divert > Cancel all diverts . Ca ncel all diverts may affect your a bility to rece ive voice ma il message s. Contact your wire less service provider or network ope rator for specific details.
Settings 60 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved. â Restore factory settings You ca n reset som e of the menu settings to their original value s. Data that you hav e entered or downloaded is not deleted (for example, entries in yo ur contac ts list a re not a ffected) . 1. In standby mode, s elect Menu > Settings > Restore factory se t t. . 2. Enter the lock code, an d select OK . See " Change lock code ," p. 56 . Note: Dependin g on your wireless service provider or netw ork opera tor, your de vice ma y som etime s ask yo u for th e secu rit y co de ( defau lted to 1234 5) instea d of the lock code.
Or gan is er 61 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved. 10 . O r g a n i s e r Your dev ice cont ains fea tures to help organise your everyday life , including an alarm clock, calendar, notes, todo list, ca lculator, c ountdo wn timer, and stopwatch. â Alarm c lock If the a larm tim e arrives with the devic e swi tched off, the devic e switch es itself on and s tarts sounding the alarm tone. If y ou sele ct Stop , t he devic e as ks wh ether you want to ac tivate the device for cal ls. Select No to sw itch off the de vice or Ye s to make an d receive calls. Do n ot select Ye s when wire less pho n e u se may c ause interfere nce or danger. Set or change alarm set t ing The alarm clock depends on the device clock, whic h sounds an al ert anytime yo u spec ify a nd ev en work s with th e devic e turned off. 1. In standby mode, select Menu > Organiser > Alarm clock > Alarm time > On . 2. E nter the time for t he ala rm in hh:mm form at. 3. Alarm on appe ars briefly in the display, and appears in standby mode. Repeat alarm Yo u can set th e alarm to re peat. In standby mode, select Menu > Organiser > Alarm clock > Repeat alarm . Se t th e al arm to ne You ca n set whic h tone to pla y when the alarm sou nds. I n standby m ode, sel ect Me nu > Organiser > Alarm clock > Alarm tone > Standard , Radio , or Open Gallery to choose the tone you want to us e. If you set you r alarm to Radio , us e an acce ssory that supports F M stereo. Snooze time-out To set the alarm s nooze time, selec t Menu > Organiser > Alarm cloc k > Snooze tim e-out > 5 m inutes , 10 minute s , 15 minutes , 3 0 min utes , 60 minute s , o r Ot her (to enter up to 60 min ut es sn ooze time ). Alarm conditions When the a lar m s ounds , yo ur de vic e beeps, vibrates (if vibrating alert is on for curren tly active profile) , and the display ligh ts up. With th e device on, selec t Stop to shut the alarm off or Snooze . W ith Snooze select ed, the alarm stops for 10
Organiser 62 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved. minute s, and Snooze on appears in the display. If you do n ot pr ess a key, t he ala rms stops (snooze s) for 10 minutes , then sounds again. You can also select Menu > Organiser > Alarm clock > Snoo ze time-out to res et the sn ooze time. Turn an ala rm off In st andby mode, sele ct Men u > Organiser > Alarm clock > Alarm tim e > Off . â Calendar The cale ndar keeps tra ck of reminders, calls you need to make , meetin gs, and bi rt hdays , whic h can ev en s ound an alarm for any of th ese events. Monthly view provides an overview of the sele cted mon th and weeks, enabling you to jum p to a specific date. Any days or dates that appear in bold font contain calendar note s such as a meet in g or re mind er. Open In st andby mode, sele ct Men u > Organiser > Calendar , or press the right scroll key . Scroll to move the curso r in som e cale ndar vie ws. Go to a da te 1. In standby mode, s elect Menu > Organiser > Cal end a r > Opti ons > Go to date . 2. En ter the da te (dd/mm /yyyy), and se lect OK . Note a specific date You can a pply five types of notes to you r calen da r. You r d evice asks for further info rmation depending on which no te yo u ch oose. Y ou also h ave the o pt ion t o se t an al ar m fo r an y n ot e you se lect. 1. Go to the date for which you wa nt to set a reminder. See " Go t o a date ," p. 62 . 2. Fro m the mont hl y vie w (wi th th e go-to date hi ghlighted), select Opt io n s > Mak e a note and one of the f oll owi ng not e ty pes : Meetin g âÂÂEnter a sub jec t, loc ation, and a start an d end date an d time. Call âÂÂEnter a phone num ber, a name , and the date and time. Birthday âÂÂEnte r the personâÂÂs name, date and year of birth. Memo âÂÂE nte r a sub jec t and a st ar t and end date. Remin der âÂÂEnt er th e subjec t and date of your reminder. You a re given the option to set a n alarm. 3. En ter your note , and selec t Save . Vi ew n ote s (da y v iew ) After you hav e create d calen dar no tes, you ca n vie w t hem .
Or gan is er 63 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved. 1. In standby mode, select Menu > Organiser > Calendar . 2. Scroll to th e date contai ning the note that appears in bold type, and sel ect View . Options w hile viewing a list of notes 1. Se lec t Opti ons w hile viewin g a dayâÂÂs no te to display th e followi ng: The options listed below are available while view ing the header of a note. Make a note âÂÂCreat e a new n ote for the selecte d dat e. Delete âÂÂDele te t he not e. Edit âÂÂEdit the note. Mov e âÂÂMov e th e not e to anot her date on your cale ndar. Repeat âÂÂSet the n ote ( exce pt for birthday note) to recu r on a regular basis (daily, weekly , biweekly, monthly, and yearly ). Go to date âÂÂJu mp to another date on you r calen da r. Go to today âÂÂJu mp to the curre nt date on your cale ndar. Send note âÂÂSe nd the not e to another device as a text m essage or in calendarto-calend ar format by way of multim edia mes sages or SMS. Co py â Copy the note for you to paste to another date. Settings âÂÂSet th e date an d time , date and time format, the day ea ch week starts a nd whethe r you wa nt your notes to autodele te after a specified tim e. Go to to-do list âÂÂJump to th e to-d o list on your calendar . 2. Sele ct an option to a ctivate it or ente r its submen u. Send a note 1. In standby mode, select Men u > Orga ni ser > Calendar . 2. Scroll to th e date that appears in bold type, conta ining the note you want to send, and se lect Vie w . 3. Scroll to th e note you want to sen d, and select Op tions > Send note > Send as mess age ( Text message or Multimedia m sg. ) or Via calendar . 4. If you selec ted Via calendar , enter the num ber for the recipient, or sel ect Se arch to retrieve a numbe r from the con tacts list, and select OK . 5. If you selec ted Send as message ( T e xt message or M ultime dia msg. ),
Organiser 64 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved. the n ote appears as a te xt mes sage in the displ ay. â¢S e l e c t Send to > Send to numbe r , Send to e-mail , Send to many , or Send to distrib . list . ⢠Enter the number for the recipient, or select Search to retrieve a numbe r from the conta cts list, and se lect Send . Receive n ote s Whe n you receive a calendar not e in calenda r-to-ca lendar format, your device displays C ale ndar note re ceived . ⢠To vie w calend ar notes , select Show , and if ne cessary, sc roll to vi ew t he ent ire me ssage. ⢠To sa ve cale ndar no tes afte r viewin g, select Opti ons > Sav e . ⢠To discard calendar notes after viewin g, select Exit or Optio ns > Discard . When y ou receiv e a cale ndar note or text message, a mes sage notification appears in standby mode. You ca n save th e note in your ca le ndar an d set an alarm for any date an d time . â Notes You can writ e and save information in Notes a nd send not es us ing multime dia or text messag e. In st an db y mod e, se lec t Menu > Organis er > Notes . Wit h no notes create d, select Ad d n ot e , creat e you r note, a nd sele ct Sav e wh en d on e. W ith notes alre ady crea ted, highlight the note you want to use, and s elect View to read or Opt ions > Make a note , Delete , Ed i t , Se nd note ( Send as message ), or Delete all note s . â T o-do list Use the to-do lis t feature to keep tra ck of your tasks. Y ou ca n save a note for a task, selec t a priority level for the not e and mark it as done when you have comp leted it. You c an sort the not es by priority or by date. Add a to-do note 1. In standby mo de, s elect Menu > Organiser > T o-do list . 2. I f the re a re n o notes , se lec t Add not e . 3. En ter the subject of the to-do note , and select Save . 4. Sele ct High , Medium , o r Low priority. 5. En ter the due date and time to set the alarm.
Or gan is er 65 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved. V iew a to -d o no te 1. In standby mode, select Menu > Organiser > To-do list . 2. H ighlight a to-do note, and select Opt ions and one of the following: Add âÂÂAdd anothe r note . Delete âÂÂDele te t he not e. Mark note as done or Mark as not done âÂÂM ark a n ot e or ta s k as complet ed or not; if completed, no more reminde rs will follow. Sort by deadline â Sort the notes acco rding to their deadlin e. Send âÂÂS end the no te to anot her device, as a text or multim edia message, or as a calendar n ote to another co mpatible dev ic e. Go to calendar âÂÂLeave the to-do list, and go to the ca lendar. Save to calendar âÂÂSave t he t o-d o note to a dat e on your cale ndar. Delete done notes âÂÂDel ete al l the completed to-do notes. Delete all not es âÂÂDel ete all the to-do notes in the list. 3. Vie w the to-do note, and select Edit to edit the note or Op ti ons to select from th e following: Deadline âÂÂSet a deadli ne for the note, listin g any un completed notes if exi sting. Mark not e as done or Mark as not done âÂÂMark a note or t ask as complete d or not; if completed, no more reminders w ill follow. Delete âÂÂDel ete t he not e. Edit priorit y âÂÂChange the priority to high, medium , or low. Send âÂÂSend th e note to anoth er device, as a text or multimedia message, or as a calendar note to another com patible devic e. Go to calendar âÂÂLeave t he to-d o list, and go to the cale ndar. Save to calendar âÂÂSave t he to- do note to a date on you r calen dar. â Calculator The calculator in y our device adds, subtrac ts, multiplies, divide s, calcula tes t he s quare a nd t he sq uare root, changes the sign of the number ent ered , an d conv erts curren cy valu es. Not e: This c alculat or, designed for simple ca lculations , has limite d accu racy. 1. In standby mode, select Menu > Orga ni ser > Calculator . 2. Ente r the first nu mber in the calcula tion. Press # for a decimal point if nece ssary. To change the sign, sele ct Options > Change sign , or sc roll up or down .
Organiser 66 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved. To perform a square or square root calcu lation, selec t Op tio ns > Square or Squ are root . To cycle th rough the a dd ( ), subtract (-), m ultiply (*), an d divide (/) c ha rac ter s, p ress *. 3. Enter the s econd nu mber in your calcu lation. 4. Select Equals to comple te calcu lation or Opti ons if m ore func tions are r equi red . Currency conver t er You can con vert foreign currency to domestic, or vice versa, directly in standby mode or from the Calculator menu . Note: When you change base curre ncy, you mus t enter the new rat es because all previou sly set excha nge rates are set to ze ro. 1. In standby mode, s elect Menu > Organiser > Calculator > Opti ons > Ex ch an ge ra te > Foreign unit in domestic unit s or Dom estic u nit in foreign units . Foreign un it in domestic un its âÂÂTh e number of h ome unit s cost to make one unit of foreign curre ncy. Domestic un it in foreign un its âÂÂThe number of forei gn unit s cost to ma ke on e uni t of y our home currenc y. 2. Ente r the excha ng e r ate ( pres s # to insert a decimal), and select OK . 3. In standby mo de, en ter the curre ncy amount to be con verted . 4. Sele ct Opti on s > In dom estic or In foreign . In domes tic âÂÂconve rts foreign curre ncy to domest ic currenc y. In foreign âÂÂconve rts domestic currency to foreign currency . 5. If you do not enter an ex chan ge rate, the de vice w ill prompt you to do so. Se lect OK . You can edit th e ex change ra te at any time. â Countdown timer The cou ntdow n timer in yo ur device enables you to enter a specific time ( up to 99 h ours a nd 59 minutes ). Whe n the t i m e r u n s o u t , y o u r d e v i c e s o u n d s a n alarm. Note: The countdow n timer only works when t he de vice is on. Wh en you tu rn off your devic e, the timer is no longer active. Se t the ti mer 1. In standby mo de, s elect Menu > Organiser > T imer > No rmal timer , Inte rval timer , or Settings . Use Normal timer to measu re th e count down time for tasks that have one period (timer n ame).
Or gan is er 67 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved. Select Inte rval timer t o save se ts of co unt do wn ti mes w ith mor e tha n one period. 2. E nter the t ime (in hh :mm:ss format), and select OK . 3. E nter a note for th e timer, an d sel ect Start . appears in standby mode with the count down time r set. When the time runs out, your device sounds an alarm, displays the timer note , vibrates (if set) , and fl ashes i ts light s. Press any key during th e alarm to stop the a larm. Afte r 30 seconds the timer alert st ops automatica lly. Ch an ge the time Aft er you have set the time r, you can change the time. 1. Wit h a normal timer set, in standby mode, select Menu > Organiser > Timer > Change time . 2. E nter the new time , an d selec t OK . 3. Le ave th e not e as it wa s, or enter a new no te, a nd select Start . In terr upt th e tim er Aft er you have set the time r, you can stop the time r. In standby mode, select Menu > Organiser > Time r > Stop time r . â Stopwatch Yo u can use the s topwatch in your devic e to track time . The stopw atch displays time in hou rs, minute s, seconds, and frac tions of a second in hh:mm :ss.ss format. Using the s topwatch or allow ing it t o run in the background when using other fea tures increas es the dema nd on battery power and reduces the battery life . Measure time 1. In standby mode, select Menu > Orga ni ser > Stopw a tch > Split timing or Lap t iming > Start . Th e running time is displayed. Split timing âÂÂY ou can us e th e spli t time func tion for such things as a long distance race when y ou need to pace yourself. Sel ect S plit to note the lapsed time. Th e timer continue s to run and the split time appears below the running time . Ea ch ti me y ou select Split , the new measu red time appe ars at the beginning of the list. Lap timing âÂÂYou can use th e la p time func tion when you want to track how long it takes to complete each cycle or lap. Sele ct Lap to note the lap time. The cloc k stops, then starts im mediately from ze ro. The lap time appears below the running time . Each time you selec t
Organiser 68 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved. Lap , th e new measure d time appears at the beginning of the list. 2. Select Stop to end the tim ing and display the tota l time or Stop > Option s > St art or Reset to continue or reset timing. Lap and split times To save a ti me whil e the clo ck is running, select Stop > Save , e n ter a name for the me asurement, and select OK . If you do not enter a na me, the total tim e is used as the default title for the lap or split ti me. To view a saved time , in s tandby mode, sel ect Menu > Organise r > Stopwatch > Show last or View times . To delete a saved time from Stopwatch , s ele ct Vi ew t imes and t he time to delete, an d select Delete > Ye s ; or select Delete time s > On e by o ne or Delete all . Operat ion note If you press the end k ey and return to standby mode, the clock continues to run in the backgrou nd, an d appears in the upper left corner. To return to the stopw atch scree ns, in standby mod e, select Menu > Organiser > Stopwatch > Co nt inu e . To stop the c lock, select Stop . Options You can cho ose the following options when you use the stopwatch : Contin ue âÂÂA ppears wh en the stopwat ch is working in th e background. Show last â Appears when you have saved a split or lap time and displays the last t ime s aved. Split timing âÂÂAsks if you want to discontinue previous timin g. Lap timing â Asks if y ou want to discontinue previous timin g. Vie w times âÂÂE nables you to browse the save d times. Delete tim es âÂÂEna bles you to delete any save d times. You can delete the saved times one by one or all at once.
Ext ras 69 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved. 11 . E x t r a s Challenge yourself or a friend to one of the fun game s in your device. Some menus l i st ed are n etwork servic es. Cont act you r wire less se rvice provider or network ope rator for more information . To download games or applica tions, select eith er the Games or C ollection menu. â Gam es In sta ndb y mode , select Menu > Extras > Games t o display t he games on your device : Games are S nak e Ex2 and Gala xy Balls . â Collection Colle ctions is a net work servic e. See " Network Se rvices ," p. vii . If your wireless service provider or network operator supports this feature, you will find us eful application s preinstalle d on your d evice . Also, yo u can ma nage and downlo ad new Java applications th at may be offered by your w ireless s ervice provider or netw ork operator. An applica tion may require a few seconds to load. When you open an applica tion, wait for th e launch scre en to disappear. At that point, the applica tion is ready. In sta ndb y mode , select Menu > Extras > C ollect ion and an applic ation. Not e: Only install applic ations from sou rces that offer adequate protec tion again s t harmful s oftware. â Memory You ca n view the size of mem ory available for gam es or application installatio ns. In standby mode, select Menu > Ext ras > Me mor y . Not e: Only install applic ations from sou rces that offer adequate protec tion again s t harmful s oftware.
Mobile web 70 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved. 12. Mobi le web Minibrowser is a network service. See " Network Services ," p . vii. Your device has a built- in browser you can use to conn ect to selecte d se rvices on the m obile internet. If you r wireless service provider or network operator supports this feature, then you can view weather reports, check news or flight time s, view fina ncial informa tion, and much more . The web browser on your device can display WAP-based con tent. Your device may have s om e bookmarks loaded for sites not affiliated with Nokia. Nokia does not warrant or endorse these sites. If you choose to acce ss them , you shou ld ta ke the sam e precautions , for s ecu rity or content, as yo u would with an y interne t site. The security icon doe s not indicate that the da ta transmi ssion be twee n the ga teway and the c ontent s erver (o r plac e where t he re quested resourc e is stored) is secu re. T he ser v ice pr ovid er secure s the data transm ission bet ween the ga teway and the c ontent s erver. â Mobile Internet access Beca use mobile Int ernet conte nt is designed to be viewed from you r device, your wireless serv ice provider or network operato r is now your mobile Internet service provider as well. It is likely th at your w ireless service provider or netwo rk operator has created a home page and set up your browser to go to this page when you log on to the mobi le Internet. At your service provider âÂÂs home page, you may find lin ks t o a numbe r of ot her site s. It shou ld not be n ecessary to ma nually configure t he browser on your device. Normally this is done by your wire less service provide r or n etwork operator after you subscr ibe to the feat ure. Contac t your wireles s service provider or network operato r if you have problems us ing the browse r.
Mobile web 71 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved. â Sign on In standby mode, select Me n u > Mobile web . After a brief pause, your dev ice att empts to co nnect to yo ur wireless service provider or network operatorâÂÂs home page. I f you receive an error mes sage, your devic e may not be set up for browsing. Contact you r wireless service provider or ne twork operator to ma ke sure tha t your device is configu red properly. â Navigate the mobile Internet Since your device screen is much smaller t han a c omputer s c reen , mobile Inte rnet conte nt is disp layed differently than you m ay be accust om ed to se eing. Thi s section conta ins guidelines for using the keys to na vi gat e a WAP si te. Phone keys ⢠Press the po wer key to displa y the minibrows er h ome screen. ⢠Scroll up or down to browse the WAP site. ⢠Sel ect an i tem . ⢠To enter letters and numbers, press a ke y fr om 0â 9. ⢠To enter special characters, press *. Receive a call w hile online If your da ta connec tion is not activ e, you ma y still be able to receiv e a voice call while us ing the WAP browser. ⢠To answer the incoming call, press the call ke y. ⢠To reject th e incoming ca ll, press th e end ke y (a carr ier- depen dent feature). While in the v oice call, you are not able to load new pages in the browser. Not e: If your da ta con nection is activ e, the incom ing calls are au tomatica lly diverted to voice mail, depending on your carrier. Make an emergency call while online Yo u can end yo ur data conne ction and make an emer ge ncy ca l l. 1. To close your mobile Internet co nne c ti on, press th e end key. 2. Press t he end key as man y times as nee ded to c lear th e displ ay and ready the device for calls. 3. Enter the emerg ency nu mber for your present location (for example, 111 or 000 or 91 1). Eme rgency numbers vary by location. 4. Pre ss the call key.
Mobile web 72 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved. Clear th e cache and disconnect A cache is a memory loc ation that is used to store data temporarily. If you hav e tried to acce ss or ha ve acce ssed confide ntial informat ion requiring passwor ds, empty t he cach e after each use. The inform ation or services you have accessed ar e stored in the cac he. To em pty the cac he whi le in th e browser menu, select Menu > Advan c ed > Clear > Ca che from the home page. To clear the cach e and power off your device, press and hold the p ow er key. To close your m obile intern et conne ction while browsin g, press the end key.
PC co nnectiv ity 73 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved. 13. PC c onnect ivity â USB data transf er You ca n transfe r data such a s music, photos, and videos from your device to a com patible PC or from a com patible PC to your device using a DKU-2 USB data cable . Th e cab le is co nnec ted to your d evice correctly when th e arrowhe ad points toward the dis play scr een. Discon nect t h e USB data c able from the devi ce to m ake a ca ll. Use the Nokia Au dio Manager software to han dle your music files, and transfer them from the PC to your device. See " Nokia PC Suite ," p. 74. Transfer wit h Windows Ex pl orer Aft er you have in stalled the N okia Audio Manager, it is possible to use Windows Ex plorer to t ransfer music, photo, an d video files to your device an d from your de vice to you r PC. 1. C onnect y our PC and your de vice wit h a DK U-2 US B ca b le . Data enha ncem en t conn ecte d is displayed on your device. 2. Open W indows Explorer. Your device appears a s a local drive (named by Nokia 3 155) w ith a drive let ter a ssig ned to it . 3. Cl ick on the folders t o d isplay a window that shows the conte nts of the folder on th e devic e. 4 . Ope n a se con d inst a nce o f Windows Explorer, and display th e contents of th e folder on your PC where you have MP 3 files, photo files, or v ideo files stored. 5. Select the files on your PC tha t you want to trans fer to the dev ice. 6. Drag and drop the files from the second win dow into the first window, and place the m in a folder. 7. The files are trans ferred to the device and can be played or acc essed by t he media p la y er . If you selec t files that require mo re memory th an the memory capa city of the device, an error note appears. Deselect some of th e fi l es un til th e sele cte d fi les f it th e memory. 8. Dis co nnect the U SB c able by double-clickin g the gree n arrow on the task bar at the botto m of your PC sc reen. A pop-up window displays Un plu g or E ject Ha rdwa re . 9. Click on US B d evice in the hardware devices window. A pop- up window displays Stop a Hardw are de vice .
PC co nnectiv ity 74 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved. 10. High light USB de vice and click OK . The po p-up w indow di splays Sa fe to Re move Hard ware , with The â USB Devi ceâ device can n ow be sa fely r emoved f rom t he sys tem . Select OK . Impor tant : To ensure that all memory card operation s are complet ed in a controlled way, do not unplug the conne ctivity cable until Window s notifies you that it is safe to do so. U ncontrolled complet ion of the memory card operations may cause the memory card and the information s tored on it to beco me corrup ted. A corrupted memory card may have to be formatted be fore it can be us ed again. When a memory card is format ted, all information on th e card is permanently lost. â Nokia PC Suite Nokia PC Suite software is available for the Noki a 3155. Noki a PC Suite is a collection of pow erful tools that you can use to mana ge your de vice features and data. Each compon ent is a separate program that includes online helps. Nokia PC Suite software, installation instruct ions, and other documentatio n, which are provided free of charge and can be downloaded from the softw are downloads of the Nokia web site: ht tp:// www.n okia- as ia.c om. Som e of t he feat ures in yo ur d evice require network support . Contact your service provider for availabilit y a nd configura tion in structi ons. ⢠Nokia Image Convert er m a kes ima ges usable for mu ltimedia messages or wallpapers and tra nsf ers them t o yo ur devi ce. ⢠Nok ia Sound Conv erter edi ts polyphon ic ringing tones to be compa tible with you r devi ce and tra nsf ers them t o yo ur devi ce. ⢠Nok ia Content Copier copies information or bac ks up information from your devic e to the PC or to another compatible Noki a de vic e. ⢠Nok ia Phone Editor sends text messages a n d edi ts the c ontact directory and message setting s of your d evice. ⢠Nok ia PC Sync synchronises the conta cts di rect ory and ca lenda r betwee n your device and a compatible PC. ⢠Nokia Connection Manager selects the conn ection typ e betw een t he PC and the device. ⢠Nokia Phone Browser copies ima ges and tone s from your devic e to your PC and vice versa. Copyright protection m ay prevent some ima ges, ring tones, and othe r content from being copie d, modifie d, transferred, or diverted.
En hancem ents 75 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved. 14. En hancements Chec k the model number of any charger before use wit h this device. This devic e is intended for use when supplied with pow er from AC-3 or AC-4. Warn ing: Use only batteries, ch arger s an d enhanc ements approved by Nokia for use with this particular m odel. The use of any other types may inva lidate any appro val or warranty, and may be dangerous. For availa bility of a ppr o ved enhanc ement s, pleas e chec k wit h your de aler. A few pract ical r ules a bout accessories and enhancements: ⢠Keep all ac c essorie s and enha ncem ent s out of the r ea ch of small child ren. ⢠When you disconn ect the power cord of any ac cess ory or enha ncem ent , gr asp an d p ull the plug, not th e cord. ⢠Che ck regularly that en hanc em ents installe d in a veh icle are moun ted and are operating properly. ⢠Installa tion o f a ny com plex car enha nc ement s mu st b e made by qualified personnel only. Pow er: ⢠Standard Li-Ion Batt ery (BL-6C) ⢠Standard Trav el Charger (AC -3) ⢠Travel Ch arger (AC-4 ) ⢠Mobile Charger (DC-4) ⢠Charger Adapter (CA-44)
Battery informati o n 76 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved. 15. Battery information â Charging and discharging Your device is powered by a rechargeable battery. The full performance of a new batte ry is achieved only after two or thre e complete charge and discharge cycles. The battery can be charged and discharged hundred s of times, but it will e ventua lly wea r out. When the talk and standby t imes are notic e ably shorter than no rmal, replace the battery. Use only Nokia approved batteries, and recharge your battery only with Nokia approved chargers designated for this device. If a replacement battery is being used for the first time or if the battery ha s not be en used for a prolonge d period, it may be nece ssar y to co nnect th e charger then disconnect and re connect it to begin charging the battery. Unp lug th e cha rger fr om th e elec trical plug and the device when not in use. Do not leave a fu lly charged battery conne cted to a charger, since overch arging may shorten its lifetime. If left unused, a fully charged battery will lose its charge ove r time . If the batte ry is complete ly discharged , it may take a few minutes before the charging indicator appe ars on the display or before any calls can be made. Use t he batt ery on ly for its intende d purpose. Never use any charger or battery that is damaged. Do not short- circuit the ba ttery. Accidental short-circuitin g can occur when a m etallic objec t such as a co in, clip, or pen causes direc t co nnecti on of the positive ( ) and negative (-) terminals of the battery. (The se look like meta l strips on the battery. ) This might ha ppen, for exam ple, wh en you carry a spare battery in your pock et or purse. Short-circuiting th e terminals may dam age the batte ry or the con nectin g obj ect. Leaving th e battery in h ot or cold places, such as in a close d c a r in summ er or winter condit ions, will reduce the capa city a nd lifet ime o f the battery. Always try to keep the batte ry between 15ð C and 25ðC (59ðF and 77ðF) . A device with a hot or cold battery ma y not work temporarily, even whe n the battery i s fully charged. Batte ry performance is particularly limited in tempe ratures well below freezing. Do not dispose of batteries in a fire as they may explode . Batteries may also explode if damaged. Dispose of batteries a ccording to local regulations. Please recycle when possible. Do not dispose as household wa ste.
Battery informatio n 77 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved. â Nokia battery authentication guidelines Always use original Nokia batteries for your s afety . To chec k that yo u are gettin g an original Nokia battery, purchase it from an authorized Nokia dealer, l ook for the Nok ia Original Enhanceme nts logo on the packaging and inspect the hologram label using the following steps: Succe ssful completion of t he fou r step s is not a total assuran ce of the au thentici ty of the battery . If you have any reason t o believe th at your battery is not an authentic original Nokia battery, you should refrain from using it, and take it to the nea rest au thorized Nokia service point or dealer for assist ance. Your au thoriz ed Nokia service point or dealer w ill inspect the batt ery for authe nticity . If authe nticity cannot be verified, return the batte ry to the place of purchase. Auth ent icate h olog ram 1. Wh en looking at the hologram on the label, you s hould see the Noki a connec ting ha nds symbol from one angle and the Nokia Original Enhanc emen ts log o w hen looking from another angle. 2. When you ang le the ho log ram lef t, right, down, an d up, you should s ee 1, 2, 3, and 4 dots on e ach side respectiv ely. 3. Scratc h the side of the label to reveal a 20-digit code, for example, 123456 789 1987654 3210. Turn the battery so th at the numb ers are facing up wards. The 20 -digit code reads starting from the num ber at the top row followe d by the bottom row . 4. Co nfirm that the 20-digit c ode is valid by following th e instruction s at www. nokia originals.com/ check.
Battery informati o n 78 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved. To create a text m essage e nter the 20-digit cod e, for example, 12345 678 919876 543210, and s end t o 44 778 6 200 276. To create a text mes sage, ⢠For countrie s in Asia Pacific, exclud ing India: Enter th e 20-digit code, for example, 1234567 891 987654 3210, and send to 61 427 151 515. ⢠For India only: Enter Battery followed by th e 20-digit batte ry code, for example, Battery 1234567 891 987654 3210, and sen d to 5555 . National and international ope rator charges will apply. You should rec eive a message indica ting whe ther the code can be auth entica ted. If you ne ed assistanc e confirmin g the batte ry code, contac t your loca l Nokia Care Centre s listed at www.nokia- as ia.co m/ car ecen trel oca tor . W h a t i f y o u r b a t t e r y i s not authe ntic? If you ca nnot co nfirm tha t your No kia battery wit h the hologram on the la bel is an authe ntic No kia battery, please do not use the battery. Tak e it t o the ne ares t authorized N oki a service point or dealer for ass istance. The use of a battery that is not approv ed by the ma nuf act urer may be da ng erou s a nd may result in poor performanc e and damage to your device and its enhanc emen ts. It may also invalida te any approval or warranty applying to the dev ice. To find out more about original Nokia batterie s, vi sit www. nok ia or ig ina ls.c om/b atte ry.
Care and main tenance 79 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved. Care and maintenance Your device is a product of superior design and craftsmanship and should be treate d with ca re. The sugges tions below w ill help you protec t your warran ty coverage. ⢠Keep the device dry. Precipitation , humidity, and a ll types of liqu ids or moisture c an contain m inera ls that will corrode elec tronic circu its. If your device does get wet, remove the batte ry, and allow the dev ice to dry com pletely before replacing it. ⢠Do not atte mpt to remov e the ba tte ry f ro m t he de vice. Noki a recomme nds that yo u ta ke the de vice to the ne ares t auth ori se d service facilit y for replacement of the b attery . ⢠Do not use or store the device in dusty, dirty a reas. Its m oving parts and electronic compone nts can be damaged. ⢠Do not store the device in h ot a reas. High t emper atures can shorten t he li fe of electronic devices, damage batteries, and warp or melt ce rtain plas tics. ⢠Do not store the device in co ld areas. Wh en the devic e returns to its normal te mperature, moisture can form inside the device and damage electronic circu it boards. ⢠Do not atte mpt to open th e device other than a s instructed in this guide. ⢠Do not drop, knoc k, or shake the devi ce. R ough h andling can bre ak internal circuit boards and fine me cha nics . ⢠D o not use h arsh chem icals , clea ning so lvents, or strong dete rgents t o c lean t he devic e. ⢠D o not paint th e device. Pain t can clog the movi ng parts and prevent proper operation. ⢠U se a soft , clea n, dry cloth to cle an an y lenses , such as camera , proxim ity sensor, and light s ensor lense s. ⢠Use only the supplied or an approved replaceme nt antenna. Unauthorised an tennas, modificatio ns, or attachments could damage the device and may violate re gulations governing radio de vices . ⢠Use chargers indoors. ⢠Always create a back up of d ata you want to ke ep, su ch as c o ntact s and cal e nda r note s, be for e sen ding your de vice to a servic e facilit y. All of the above suggestions apply equa lly to your dev ice, batte ry, charg er, or an y enha nceme nt. If any device is not working properly, take it to the ne arest a uthorised se rvice facilit y for service.
Additional safety information 80 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved. Addi tional safety informa tion Y our de vice and its enha ncemen ts may contain small parts. Keep them out of the rea ch of small children . â Operating environment Reme mber to follow any special regulation s in force in any area and alw ays sw itc h off your de vice w hen its use is prohibite d or when it may ca use interference or danger. Use the device only in its normal operating position s. This devi ce me ets RF exposure gu ideli nes when used eithe r in the normal use posit ion agains t the ea r or when pos itioned at least 2. 2 c m (7/ 8 inche s) away from the body . When a carry ca se, belt clip or holder is used for body-wo rn operation, it should not contain metal and should position the device the above-stated distance from your body. In order to transmit data files or message s, thi s device require s a good quality con nection to the network . In som e case s, messa ges may be delayed until such a connection is available. Ensure the above separation distanc e instruction s are followed until the tran smission is com pleted. â Medical devic es Operation of any radio transmitt ing equipm ent, includi ng wireless phones, ma y interfere wi th the func tionalit y of inad equately pro tected medica l dev ice s. Cons ult a phy si ci an o r the man ufactur er of the me dical de vice to determine if they are ad equate ly shielded from external RF energy or if you have any ques tions. Switch off your dev ice in hea lth care facilitie s when any regu latio ns po sted in t hese area s instruc t you to do so. Hospitals or health care facilities ma y be using equipm ent that could be sensitive to exte rnal RF energy . PACEMAKERS Pacemak er manufacturers recomm end tha t a minimu m sepa ration of 6 i nches (15.3 cm ) be mainta ined be twee n a wireless device or phone and a pacemaker to avoid potential interferen ce with the pacemake r. Thes e recom mendation s are cons istent with th e indepe ndent resea rch by and recommendations of Wireless Tech nology Resear ch. To minimis e the potent ial for inte rference, p ersons w ith pacema kers should ⢠Always keep t he d evic e more than 6 inches (15.3 cm) from th eir pace maker wh en th e devic e is swi tc he d o n ⢠Not ca rry the d evice in a brea st pocket ⢠Hold the device to the ear opposite th e pa ce mak er to mi ni mis e the potential for interferenc e. If you ha ve any re ason to suspe ct that interferen ce is taking place, switch off your dev ice immedia tely.
Additional safety informatsion 81 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved. HEARI NG AIDS Some digital wireless devices may interfere w ith some he aring aids. If interferen ce o ccurs, cons ult y our service provider. â V ehicles RF signals may affect imprope rly installe d or inadequately shielded electronic systems in mot or vehicles such as electronic fu el inject ion syste ms, electronic antiskid (ant ilock) brak ing syst ems, elec tronic sp eed contro l syst ems, air ba g systems. For more inform ation, check with the manufacturer or its representative of yo ur veh icle or any eq uipm ent that ha s been added. Only qu alified personnel should servic e the device , or install the de vice in a vehic le. Fault y installation or service may be dange rous and may inv alidate an y warr ant y tha t ma y appl y to the devic e. Ch eck reg ula rly that all wirele ss device e quipment in your vehicle is mounted and operatin g properly. Do not store or carry flammable liquids, gases, or e xplosive mat erials in the same compa rtment as the device, its parts, or e nhancements. For vehicles equipped with an air bag, remembe r that an air bags in flate with great force. Do not place objects, includin g installed or po rtable wireless equi pment in the a rea ov er the air ba g or in the air bag de ployment area. If in- vehic le wire less equipm en t is improperly installed and the air bag inflates, serio us injury could resul t. FCC regu lations prohibit usin g your wireles s dev ice wh ile in the air. The use of wireless teleph ones in an aircraft may be dangerous t o the operation of the aircraft, disrupt the wireless telephone network, and may be ille gal. â P otentially ex plosive environmen t s Switch off your dev ice wh en in an y area with a potentially e xplosive atmosphere an d obey all sign s and instructions . Potentially e xplosive atm osph eres inclu de areas where you would norm ally be advised to turn off you r vehicle eng ine. Spa rks in such areas could ca use an ex plosion or fire resulting i n bodily injury or even death. Switch off the device at refuelling points such as near gas pumps at ser vice st atio n s. Obser ve restri ct ions on the use of radio equipment in fuel depots, storage, and distribution areas, chemical pl ants or where b lasti ng operations are in progress. Are as with a potentially e xplosive atmos phere are often but n ot always clearly ma rked. They include below de ck on boats, chem ica l tra nsfer or s tora ge faci liti es, vehic les using lique fied petrole um gas (such as propane or butane), and areas where t he air cont ain s c h emic als or particles such as grain , dust or metal powders. Failure to obs erve these instru ctions may lead to suspension or denial of teleph one servic es to the offend er, legal action, or bo th.
Additional safety informatsion 82 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved. â Emergency calls Import ant : W ireless phones, includ ing this de vice, op erate using radio signals, wireless network s, landline ne tworks, and user-programmed functions . Becaus e of this, connec tions in all condit ions cannot be gua rantee d. You should nev er rely so lely o n any wireless device for essential communic ations like medical em erge ncies . To mak e an emerg enc y call , ma ke sur e your device is properly charged before at temp tin g an y emergen cy cal ls. If your battery be comes empty, you cannot receive or make c alls, inclu ding emer gency ca lls and must wait a few minut es aft er the ch arg ing begins to plac e yo ur call. 1. If the device is no t on, switch it on. Check for ade quate signal strength. Some network s may require that a valid UIM (CDMA SIM) ca rd is properly inserted in the device. 2. Press the end key as many times as nee ded to c lear th e dis pla y and ready the de vice for calls. 3. Enter the official em ergenc y number for yo ur present location , and press the call key. Emergenc y numbers vary by location If certa in fe atur es ar e in u se, you may first nee d to turn those features off before y ou can m ake an emergen cy call. If th e device is in an offline or flight mode you m ust change the profile to activ ate th e device func tion befo re you can m ake an emer gency call. Co nsult this gu ide or your service prov ider . Wh en mak ing an e mer gency call, give all the necess ary informat ion as accu rately as possi ble. Y ou r w irele ss dev ice m ay be the on ly me ans of comm u ni cat i on at t he scene of an accide nt. Do not en d the ca ll until given permission to do so. â Certif icat ion informati on (SA R ) THIS DE VICE M EETS INT ERNATI ONAL GUIDELINES FOR EXPOSURE TO RADIO WAV ES Your mobile device is a radio tran smitter an d rece iver. I t is designed and m an ufactu red n ot to exce ed th e limits for exposure to radio frequen cy (RF) recom mended by internation al guidelin es (ICNIRP). These limits are part of comp rehensive guid elines and estab lish permitted leve ls of RF energy for the general population. The guidelines were developed by independe nt scientific organizations through pe riodic and thorough evaluatio n of scient ific studies. The guidelin es include a subs tantial safety margin de signed to assure the safety of all persons, regardless of age and he al th. The exposure standard for mobile devices employs a u nit of measu remen t know n as th e Speci fic Absorption Rate, or SAR. The SAR limit state d in the internat ional guidelin es is 2.0 watts/kilogram (W/kg)*. Tests for
Additional safety information 83 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved. SAR are conducted using standard operating po sitions with t he device transmitting at its highest certified power level in all tested frequency bands. Although the SAR is determined at the highest certified power level, t he actual SAR of t he device while operating can be well below the maximum value. This is because the device is designed to operate at multiple power levels so as to use only the po wer requ ired to reach th e network. In general, the closer you are to a base station, the lower the power output of the device. The highest SAR value for this device when tested for use at the ear is 0.86 W/kg. SAR values may vary depending on national reporting and testing requirements and the netw ork band. Use of device accessories and enhancements may result in different SAR values . Additional SAR information may be provide d under product information at www.nokia-asia.com. * The SAR limit for mobile devices used by the public is 2. 0 W/kg averaged over 1 0 grams of body tissue. The guidelines incorporate a substant ial margin of safety to give additional protection for the public and to account for any variations in measurements. SAR values may vary depending on national reporting req uirements and the network band. For SAR information in other regions, please look under product information at www .nokia-asia.com. â Battery information This sect ion provides information about battery charging times with the Travel Charger (AC-4) and the Standard Travel Charger (AC-3), talk and stan dby times. Be a w are that t he information in this section is subje ct to change. For more information, contact your ser vic e prov ider . Charging tim es The following charging times are approximate with the BL-6C Li-Ion battery: Travel Ch arger (AC-4) : Up to 1 hour 45 minutes Stan dard Tra vel Cha rger (AC- 3) : Up to 3 hours 30 minutes Talk and standby times Operation times are estimat es only and depend on signal st reng th, phone use, network conditions, features used, battery age and condition (including charging habits), temperatures to which the battery is exposed, and other factors. Talk time : 3 to 4 hours (digital) Standby time: 6 to 10 days
84 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved. Index A Abou t you r de vice vii Activate 59 Activa te a v oice com mand 54 Activa te an e qualise r set 44 Activate or deactiv ate 14 Alarm clock 61 Alarm condi tions 61 Allow n umbers 56 Allow or block adv ertisement s 24 Allow or block multimedia reception 23 An incoming ca ll 10 Answ er a call with the keyp ad lock ed 11 Anten na 6 Anyk ey ans wer 49 Application s etting 58 Assign a key to speed dial 35 Assign a voice t ag t o a command 53 Assign a voice tag t o an entry 36 Automa te voic email 27 Automatic redial 49 B Ba ck cover removing 7 replacing 8 Backl ight t imeout 48 Batteries an d chargers 76 Batte ry chargin g 8 chargin g times 83 information 76 , 83 removing 7 replacing 7 talk and standby times 83 Batte ry information 76 Busine ss cards 39 C Calcula tor 65 Calendar 62 Call and setup voice mail 27 Call duration 31 Call forw arding 59 Call re gister 30 Call re strictions 57 Call s ettings 49 Call s ummary 51 Caller groups 35 Calling c ard 50 Calls answering 10 in-ca ll options 11 mak in g 9 Canc el 59 Care an d mainten ance 79 Certifica tion information (SAR) 82 Change default n umber 35 Change m essage se t tin gs 20 Change sending opt ions 20 Change speed dial numbers 36 Change t im e 67 Charger conne ct ing 8 information 76 time s 83 Choose a banne r 48 Choose Go to fun ctions 5 Clea r the cach e 72 Clear v oice m ail icon 29 Collections 69 Colour sch emes 48 Compose and send 21 Confe rence calling 10 Configu re settings 38 Contac ts list 10 , 34 add 34 delete 38 edit 37 send 39 vie w 38 Count down tim er 66 Crea te a cus tom equal ise r set 44 Currency conve rter 66 D Data or fax calls 51 Data transfer 51
85 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved. Dat e and tim e auto-update 49 Dat e setting 48 Dele te all mes sages in a folder 19 Delete speed dial numbers 36 Deleting ca ll registers 31 Dia l a n umbe r 36 Dialling c odes 28 Display language 52 Display settings 47 , 48 Distribution list 19 DT MF to nes 52 E Eme rg enc y cal ls 82 while using wire less Int ernet 71 wit h keyp ad lo cked 52 En hanceme nt settin gs 54 handsfre e 54 head set 54 loopset 55 music s tand 55 En hanceme nts 75 Extras 69 F Fac to ry set ting s 60 Fea ture codes 59 Fol de rs 40 G Gallery 40 , 42 Game s 69 Get the m ost out of this guide 3 Go to a date 62 Go to functions 5 H Handsfree 54 Ha nds- fre e o perat ion 53 Hea dset 9 , 54 HEARING AIDS 81 Help t ext 4 , 53 I Indicators and icons 2 Inte rnational p refix 51 Inte rrupt time r 67 K Keyg uard 12 automati c 52 Keyp ad 9 Keys and parts 1 L Lang uages 52 Lap and split tim es 68 Last dialle d number 10 Listen t o voic e messa ges 27 Lo ck co de 56 Loopset 55 Loudspe aker 11 M Make ca lls 50 Mea sure time 67 Media equalis er 44 Media player 42 Me dical d evice s 80 Memory 52 , 69 Messag e fol ders 18 Messages delete 19 minibrows er messages 29 te xt message s 15 voice messages 27 Minibrowser 70 Minibrowser duration 33 Minibrowser messages 29 MMS folders 24 MMS sett ings 23 Mobile w eb 70 Mode 58 Mu ltimedia mes sages 22 Music stan d 55
86 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved. N Network se rv ices vii , 59 Nok ia battery authen ticatio n guidelin es 77 Nokia PC Suite 74 Note a s pecific da te 62 Notes 64 Num bers ( 123) 13 O Ope n 62 Ope n fo ld t o an swer 50 Ope rating en viro nment 80 Ope rat ion n ote 68 Opt io ns 43 , 44 , 54, 68 Options while vi ewing a list of not es 63 Organise functions 5 Orga nise r 61 , 65 Othe r MMS se ttings 24 P PACEMAKERS 80 PC c onnectiv ity 73 Personalise a profil e 46 Phone at a glance 1 Pho ne ke ys 71 Phone lock 55 ch ange lo ck co de 56 Pho ne menus 3 Phone num bers with dialling codes 28 Pho ne setting s 52 Pict ure mess ages 21 pict ure mess ages 21 Pot entia lly ex plo sive en viron ments 81 Power saver 48 Predictiv e text 13 Profiles 46 Q Qui c k keys 2 R Radio 42 Read mult imedia message s 26 Rece ive and save 21 Receiv e notes 64 Record spe ech or sound 44 Repeat al arm 61 Reply to multime dia message 26 Restore factory settings 60 Retriev e or reje ct multimedia message s 23 Ringin g tone for no c aller ID 51 Roaming options 58 S Safety vi important safety informati on 80 Save an entry 34 Save co ntact name and num ber 34 Save contact number only 34 Save inform ation 50 Save messages 18 Save numbe rs and te xt items 34 Scr een saver 48 Scrolling 4 Search for a name 38 Securit y feature 4 Sec ur ity sett in gs 55 Send a business card 39 Send a n ote 63 Set time 48 Set length 52 Set or change alarm setting 61 Set th e alarm tone 61 Set th e time r 66 Set ty pe 52 Setting up phone 6 Settings 46 Shared me mory viii Snooze t ime-out 61 Speed dial 49 Speed dials 35 Standard mode 13 Standby mo de 2 Star t scr een 2 Start-u p tone 53 Stopwatch 67 T Talk and standby time s 83 Text (Abc) 13
87 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved. Text en try 13 predictive t ext 13 st and ar d 13 Text m essages 15 Th em es 47 Time and date settings 48 Timed profiles 46 To-do lis t 64 To-do not e add 64 view 65 To ne settings 47 , 58 Tran sfer with Windo ws Explorer 73 Tune and save a radio channel 43 Turn an alarm off 62 turn ph one off 9 Turn ph one on 9 Turn t he radio on and off 42 U UIM ca rd slot 7 USB data transf er 73 V Vehi cl es 81 View call duration 31 call t imes 31 data/fax call duration 32 dialled num bers 31 minibrows er duration 32 missed ca lls 30 received calls 30 sav ed m ess ag es 18 to-do note 65 View notes (day view ) 62 Voice dialling 36 , 53 Voice me ssages 27 Voice privacy 57 Voice recorder 43 Voic e tags 37 Voic email 27 Volu me adjusting 11 using t he loudspe aker 11 W Wallpa per 47 Wireles s Internet 70 make an em erge ncy ca ll 71 receive a call while online 71 sign of f 72 sign on 71 Write and send multimedia me ss age s 24 Write down voice ma ilbox numbe r and process 28
ii Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved. LEGAL INFORM ATION Copyright é2005 N okia. All rights reserved. Nokia, Nokia Connecting People, Nokia 3155, Pop-Portâ¢, and the Nokia Original Enhancements logos are trademarks or registered trademar ks of Nokia Corporation. Other company and product names mentioned herein may be trademarks or trade names of their res pectiv e ow ners. Copyright é19 99-2005. Tegic Communications, Inc. All rights reserved. Includes RSA BSAFE cryptographic or security protocol software from RSA Se cu r ity . Java⢠is a trademar k of Sun Microsystems, Inc. The information contained in this user gui de was written for the Nokia 3155 products. Nokia operates a policy of ongoing development. Nokia reserves the r ight to make changes to any of the products described in this document without prior notice. UNDER N O CIRCUMST ANCES SHALL NOKIA BE RESPO NSIBLE FOR A NY LOSS OF DATA OR INCO ME OR AN Y SPECI AL, INCIDEN TAL , AND CO NSEQU ENTIA L OR IN DIRECT DAMAG ES HOWSOEVER CAUS ED. THE CONTENTS OF THIS DOCUMENT ARE PROVIDED âÂÂAS IS.â EXCEPT AS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW, NO WARRA NTIES OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INC LUDING, BUT NOT L IMITED TO, T HE IMPLIED WA RRANTIES OF MERCH ANTABILITY AN D FITNESS FOR A PARTIC ULAR PURPO SE, ARE MADE IN RELATION T O THE ACCU RACY AND RELIABILIT Y OR CONTEN TS OF T HIS DOCUME NT. NOKIA RESERV ES THE RIGH T TO REVISE TH IS DOCUM ENT OR W ITHDRAW IT AT AN YTIME WI THOUT PRIO R NOTICE. EXPORT CONTROLS Th is device may c ontain commodities, technology, or software subject to export laws and regulations from the U.S. and other countries. Diversion contrary to law is prohibited. Issue 1
iii Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved. Contents For your safe ty .... .. .. ..... ... .. ..... ... .. ..... .. ... vi About your dev ice ..... .. ..... ... .. ..... ... .. .... v ii Network Serv ices .... ... ..... .. ... ..... .. ... .... .. v ii Shared memory ....... ... .. ..... ... ..... .. ... .... . vii i Phone at a glance . ..... .. ..... ... .. ..... ... .... ... . 1 Keys and part s .. ..... .. ... ..... .. ... ..... .. ..... .. ... . 1 Standby mode . ..... .. ..... .. ... ..... .. ..... ... .. ..... . 2 Quick keys ..... ... ..... .. .. ..... ... .. ..... ... .. ... .... ... . 2 Indicat ors and icons . ..... .. ..... ... .. ..... .. .... 2 Get the m ost out of this guide .......... 3 Phone menus .. ..... .. .. ..... ... .. ..... ... ..... .. .. .... 3 Scroll method ... .... ... .. ..... ... .. ..... ... .... ... . 4 In- phone h elp..... ..... .. ... ..... .. ... ..... .. .. .... 4 Security feat ure .... .. ..... ... .. ..... ... ..... .. .. .... 4 Go to functi ons ..... .. ..... ... .. ..... ... .. ..... .. ... . 5 Choos e Go to function s ....... ..... .. .. .... 5 Organ ise fun ctions...... .. ... ..... .. ..... .. ... . 5 Set up your ph one .. ..... ... .. ..... ... ..... .. .. .... 6 Antenna .... ... .. ..... ... .. ..... .. ... ..... .. ... ..... .. .. .... 6 Battery . ... ..... .. ..... ... .. ..... .. ... ..... .. ... ..... .. .. .... 6 Rem ove the bac k cover .... ..... ... .. ..... . 7 Remo ve the batt ery .... .. ..... ... .. ..... .. ... . 7 UI M card slot ...... .. ... ..... .. ... ..... .. ..... .. ... . 7 Replac e the batter y .... ..... .. ..... ... .. ..... . 7 Replac e the back cover .. ..... .. ... .... ... . 8 Charge the bat tery...... .. ... ..... .. ..... .. ... . 8 Turn your phone on or off ... ... ..... .. ..... . 9 Connect t he headset ..... ..... .. ... ..... .. .. .... 9 Make a call . .. ... ..... .. .. ..... ... .. ..... ... .. ..... .. ... . 9 Key pad ...... .. ... ..... .. .. ..... ... .. ..... ... .. ..... .. ... . 9 Co ntacts l ist... ... .. ..... .. ... ..... .. ... ..... .. .. .. 1 0 Las t diall ed n umber .... .. ... ..... .. ..... .. .. 10 Confere nce c alling .... ........... ............ 10 Answer cal ls . ... ..... .. .. ..... ... .. ..... ... .. ..... .. .. 10 An inco ming cal l . ..... ... .. ..... ... .. ..... .. .. 10 Adjust the earpiece v olume . ..... .. .. 11 Answer a c all wi th the keyp ad locked..... ..... .. ... ..... .. ... ..... .. .. .. 11 Loudspe aker ..... ... ..... .. .. ..... ... .. ..... ... .. .. 11 Call option s ...... ... ..... .. .. ..... ... ..... .. ... .... 11 Keygu ard .. .. ..... ... .. ..... ... .. ..... .. ... ..... .. ... .... 12 Lock t he key pad ... ..... .. ... .. ..... ... .. ..... .. 12 Unlo ck the k eypad . .. .. ..... ... .. ..... ... .. .. 12 Text ent ry ...... .. ... ..... .. ... .... ... .. ..... ... .. ..... .. 13 Standard mode ...... .. ... .... ... ..... .. ... ..... .. .. 13 Text (Abc ) .... ... ..... .. ... .... ... .. ..... ... .. ..... .. 13 Numbers ( 123 ) ..... ... .. ..... .. ..... ... .. ..... .. 13 Punct uation and special charact ers ...... ... .. ..... ... .. ..... .. 13 Predict ive t ext m ode .... ..... ... .. ..... ... .... 13 Activate or de activ ate ...... .. ..... ... .... 14 Text en try ....... .. ... ..... .. .. ..... ... .. ..... ... .. .. 14 Change cas e and mode ..... ... ..... .. ... .... 14 Messages.. .. ... ..... .. ... ..... .. .. ..... ... .. ..... ... .. .. 15 Text mess ages... ..... .. ... .... ... .. ..... ... .. ..... .. 15 Compose and s end ... .. ... ..... .. ..... ... .. .. 15 Read message ...... ... .. ..... .. ... ..... .. ... .... 17 Reply t o mess age ....... ... .. ..... ... .. ..... .. 17 Templa tes .... ... .. ..... ... .. ..... .. ... ..... .. ... .... 18 Text mess age fold ers .... ..... .. ... ..... .. .. 18 Distribut ion list .... ..... .. ... ..... .. ..... ... .. .. 19 Delete m essages ....... .. ..... ... .. ..... ... .. .. 19 Change s ending optio ns........ .. ... .... 20 Change mes sage sett ings ..... .. ..... .. 20 Pictur e mess ages .. ..... .. .. ..... ... .. ..... ... .. .. 21 Receiv e an d s ave .... .... ... .. ..... ... .. ..... .. 21 Compose and s end ... .. ... ..... .. ..... ... .. .. 21 Multim edia mess ages...... .. ..... ... .. ..... .. 22 MMS settings ....... ... .... ... .. ..... ... .. ..... .. 23 Voice m essages .. ..... ... .. ..... .. ... ..... .. ... .. .. 27 Save voi ce mailbox number ...... .. .. 27 Call and set up voice mail ..... ..... .. .. 27 List en to voic e mes sages ... ... ..... .. .. 27 Automat e voice m ail ...... ... ..... .. ... .... 27 Clear vo ice mail i con...... ... .. ..... ... .... 29 Web mes saging ..... .. ... .... ... ..... .. ... ..... .. .. 29
iv Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved. Call regi ster ..... ... ..... .. .. ..... ... ..... .. ... ..... .. 30 Vie w missed ca lls ....... ... .. ..... ... .. ..... ... .. 30 Vie w receiv ed call s ....... .. ... ..... .. ... .. ..... 30 View di alled numb ers... .. ... ..... .. ..... ... .. 31 View cal l ti mes .... .. ..... .. ... ..... .. ... .. ..... 31 Delete cal l regist ers ... ... .. ..... ... ..... .. ... .. 31 Call du ration .... ... .. ..... .. ..... ... .. ..... ... .. ..... 31 Data and fax call dura tion ........ .. ..... 32 Minibrowser du ration ....... .. ..... ... .. ..... 32 Contacts.. ... .. ..... ... .. ..... .. ... ..... .. ... ..... .. ... .. 34 Add ne w con tacts ...... ... ..... .. ... ..... .. ... .. 34 Save c ontac t name an d nu mber . 34 Save contact n umber only ..... .. ..... 34 Save an entry . . ..... .. .. ..... ... .. ..... ... .. ..... 34 Save numbers an d text i tems ...... 34 Change defaul t number ....... ... ..... .. 35 Caller groups ..... ... .... ... .. ..... ... ..... .. ... .. 35 Set up speed dial ....... .. ..... ... .. ..... ... .. 35 Voice t ags ....... .. ... ..... .. .. ..... ... .. ..... ... .. ..... 36 Assign a voic e tag to an en try ..... 36 Dial a numb er ... ..... .. ... ..... .. ... ..... .. ... .. 36 Voice t ags ..... ... .. ..... .. ... ..... .. ... ..... .. ... .. 37 Edit con tacts li st ent ries .... ... ..... .. ... .. 37 Delete co nta cts e ntri es ...... ... .. ..... ... .. 38 Access t he cont acts menu.... ..... .. ... .. 38 Search for a name ..... .. ..... ... ..... .. ... .. 38 Configur e s ett ings ..... .. ... ..... .. ... ..... .. 38 Send and rece ive conta cts ........ .. ... .. 39 Send a busi nes s ca rd ....... ... ..... .. ..... 39 Galle ry ..... ... ..... .. ... ..... .. .. ..... ... .. ... ..... .. ... .. 40 Folde rs ... ..... .. ... ..... .. ... .... ... .. ..... ... .. ..... ... .. 40 Media.. ..... ... .. ..... ... .. ..... .. ... ..... .. ... ..... .. ... .. 42 Media play er .... ... .. ..... .. ... ..... .. ... ..... .. ..... 42 Radio . ..... .. ... ..... .. ... ..... .. .. ..... ... ..... .. ... ..... .. 42 Turn t he radio on and off ......... ... .. 42 Voice rec order ...... ... .... ... .. ..... ... .. ..... ... .. 43 Record spee ch or sound..... .. ..... ... .. 44 Options ..... ... ..... .. ... .... ... .. ..... ... .. ..... ... .. 44 Media equal ise r . .. ..... .. ... ..... .. ..... ... .. ..... 44 Activat e an equalis er se t ... ..... .. ... .. 44 Setti ngs ... .. ..... ... .. ..... ... .. ..... .. ... ..... .. ... ..... 46 Profiles .... .. ..... ... .. ..... ... .. ..... .. ... ..... .. ..... ... 46 Personali se a profile ... ..... .. ..... ... .. ... 46 Set a timed profile .... .. ..... .. ..... ... .. ... 4 6 Tone set ti ngs ..... ... ..... .. ... .. ..... .. ... ..... .. ... 47 Them es .. .... ... .. ... ..... .. ... ..... .. .. ..... ... .. ..... ... 47 Main dis play s etting s ..... .. ..... ... .. ..... ... 47 Wallpape r ....... ... ..... .. ... .... ... .. ..... ... .. ... 47 Screen sav er ...... .. ... ..... .. .. ..... ... .. ..... ... 48 Power save r ....... .. ... ..... .. .. ..... ... .. ..... ... 48 Colou r sch emes ..... .. ... .... ... ..... .. ... ..... 48 Choose a banne r ..... ..... .. ... ..... .. ... ..... 4 8 Backlig ht t im e-out .... .. .. ..... ... .. ..... ... 48 Mini display se ttings .... .. ..... .. ... ..... .. ... 48 Power save r ....... .. ... ..... .. .. ..... ... .. ..... ... 48 Time and date setti ngs .... ... ..... .. ..... ... 48 Clock... .. ..... .. ... ..... .. ... ..... .. .. ..... ... .. ..... ... 48 Date .... .. .. ..... ... .. ..... ... .. ..... .. ... ..... .. ... ..... 4 8 Date and tim e auto-updat e..... .. ... 4 9 Call se ttin gs ..... .. ..... ... .. ..... .. ... ..... .. ... ..... 4 9 Anykey ans wer ...... .. ... .... ... .. ..... ... .. ... 49 Automati c redia l ..... ..... .. ..... ... .. ..... ... 49 Speed dial .. ..... ... .. ..... ... .... ... .. ..... ... .. ... 49 Open fold to an swer ..... ... .. ..... ... .. ... 50 Calling card . ................................ ...... 50 Internat ion al prefi x ..... .. ..... ... .. ..... ... 51 Data or fax call s .... .. ..... .. ... ..... .. ... ..... 51 Call su mmary .... ..... .. ... .... ... .. ..... ... .. ... 51 Ringing tone for no calle r ID..... ... 51 Phone s etti ngs ..... ..... .. ... .... ... ..... .. ... ..... 52 Phone langu age ...... ... .. ..... .. ..... ... .. ... 52 Memory stat us ...... .. ..... .. ... ..... .. ... ..... 5 2 Automati c keygua rd ..... ... ..... .. ... ..... 5 2 DTMF tone s .... ..... ... .. ..... .. ... ..... .. ... ..... 5 2 Start-up t one .... .. ..... ... .. ..... .. ... ..... .. ... 53 Help tex t acti vation ...... ... .. ..... ... .. ... 53 Voice c ommands ...... .. ... .... ... .. ..... ... .. ... 53 Hands-fre e operati on ... ..... ... .. ..... ... 53 Enha ncement sett ing s ..... ... .. ..... ... .. ... 54 Headset .... .. ..... ... .. ..... ... .. ..... .. ... ..... .. ... 54 Hands-fre e operati on ... ..... ... .. ..... ... 54 Loopset ..... .. ..... ... .. ..... ... .... ... .. ..... ... .. ... 55
v Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved. Charge r....... ... .. ..... .. ... ..... .. ... ..... .. ... .... .. 55 Security s ettings ..... ... ..... .. ... ..... .. ... .... .. 55 Phone l ock .... .. ..... .. ..... ... .. ..... ... .. ..... .. .. 55 Allow nu mbers ..... ... .. ..... ... .. ..... ... .... .. 56 Change lock code ..... ..... ... ..... .. ... .... .. 56 Cal l re stric tions.... ... ..... .. ..... ... .. ..... .. .. 57 Voi ce priv acy .... .... ... .. ..... ... .. ..... ... .... .. 5 7 Applicati on s etti ngs . . ..... .. ..... ... .. ..... .. .. 58 Network .... ..... ... .. ..... .. ... ..... .. ... ..... .. ... .... .. 58 Roamin g options ...... ... ..... .. ... ..... .. .... 58 Mode .... .. ..... ... .. ..... .. ... ..... .. ... ..... .. ..... .. .. 58 Network serv ices. .. .. ..... ... .. ..... ... .. ..... .. .. 59 Store a fe ature c ode........ .. ..... ... .. .... 59 Cal l div ertin g . ... .... ... .. ..... ... ..... .. ... .... .. 59 Restore factory setti ngs.. ... ..... .. ..... .. .. 60 Organise r ..... ..... .. ... .... ... .. ..... ... .. ..... ... .. .... 61 Alarm clock. .. ... ..... .. .. ..... ... ..... .. ... ..... .. .. .. 61 Set or change alarm settin g ..... .. .. 61 Repea t alarm . ..... .. ..... ... .. ..... ... .. ..... .. .. 61 Set the alarm tone ... ... ..... .. ... ..... .. .. .. 61 Snooze t ime-o ut ...... ... ..... .. ... ..... .. .. .. 61 Alarm cond iti ons ...... ... ..... .. ... ..... .. .. .. 61 Turn an alarm off ........ .. ..... ... .. ..... .. .. 62 Calendar ...... .. ... ..... .. .. ..... ... .. ..... ... .. ..... .. .. 62 Open..... ..... .. ... .. ..... .. ... ..... .. ... ..... .. ... .... .. 62 Go to a date ... ... .... ... .. ..... ... ..... .. ... .... .. 62 Note a s pec ific dat e ..... ... .. ..... ... .. .... 6 2 Vi ew notes ( day v iew) ....... ... .. ..... .. .. 62 Options wh ile viewing a lis t of notes ..... .. ... ..... .. ..... ... .. ..... .. .. 63 Send a no te .... ..... .. ... ..... .. ..... ... .. ..... .. .. 63 Notes .... ... .. ..... ... .. ..... .. ... ..... .. ... ..... .. ... .... .. 64 To-do list ....... ... ..... .. .. ..... ... .. ..... ... .. ..... .. .. 64 Add a to-do not e .... .. ..... ... ..... .. ... .... .. 64 Calculat or ..... ..... ... .. ..... .. ... ..... .. ... ..... .. .... 65 Curre ncy c onver ter ....... ... .. ..... ... .... .. 66 Countdown tim er . ..... .. ... ..... .. ... ..... .. .. .. 66 Set the time r . ..... .. ... ..... .. ... ..... .. ... .... .. 66 Change the ti me ..... ..... .. ... ..... .. ... .... .. 67 Int errupt the t imer ..... .. ... ..... .. ..... .. .. 67 Stopwatch ....... .. ..... .. ... ..... .. ... ..... .. ..... .. .. 67 Measure ti me ..... .. ..... .. ... ..... .. ... ..... .. .. 67 Operatio n note..... ... .... ... .. ..... ... .. ..... .. 68 Options .... ... .. ..... ... .. ..... .. ... ..... .. ..... ... .. .. 68 Extras ..... ... .. ..... ... .. ..... ... .. ..... .. ... ..... .. ... .... 69 Games .... ..... ... .. ..... ... .. ..... .. ... ..... .. ... .. ..... .. 69 Collec tio n ...... .. ... ..... .. ... .... ... .. ..... ... .. ..... .. 69 Memory .... .. ..... ... .. ..... ... .. ..... .. ... ..... .. ... .... 69 Mobile web ... ..... ... .. ..... .. ... ..... .. ... ..... .. .. 70 Mobile Intern et ac cess.... ..... .. ..... ... .. .. 70 Sign on .. ..... ... .. ..... ... .. ..... .. ... ..... .. ..... ... .. .. 71 Navigate the mobile Interne t.... ... .... 71 Phone keys .. ..... ... .. ..... .. ... ..... .. ... ..... .. .. 71 Receiv e a cal l while online........ .. .. 71 Make a n emerge n cy cal l while online ..... ..... ... .. .. ..... ... .. ..... ... .. .. 71 Clear t he cac he an d dis connec t... 72 PC connec tivit y ..... ..... .. .. ..... ... .. ..... ... .. .. 73 USB data tr ansfer ...... .. ..... .. ... ..... .. ... .... 73 Transfer w ith Win dows Explorer . 73 Nokia PC Suit e....... .. ..... .. ... ..... .. ..... ... .. .. 74 Enhanc ement s .... ..... ... .. ..... .. ... .. ..... ... .. .. 75 Battery information .... ..... .. ..... ... .. ..... .. 76 Charging and di scharging ..... ..... ... .. .. 76 Nok ia batte ry authe ntication guidel ines... ... ..... .. ... ..... .. .. ..... ... .. ..... ... .. .. 77 Care an d ma intenanc e .... .. ... ..... .. ..... .. 79 Additional safe ty informatsion ...... .. 80 Operat ing env ironment... ..... .. ... ..... .. .. 80 Medical devices.. ... ..... .. .. ..... ... .. ..... ... .. .. 80 Vehic les ...... ... .. ..... ... .. ..... .. ... .. ..... ... .. ..... .. 81 Potent ially explosive environm ent s ...... ... ..... .. .. ..... ... .. ..... ... .. .. 81 Emergenc y call s ...... ... .... ... .. ..... ... .. ..... .. 82 Certifica tion inform ation (SAR) ...... 82 Index ...... ... .. ..... ... ..... .. ... .... ... .. ..... ... .. ..... .. 84
For your safety vi Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved. For y o ur sa fe ty Rea d the se simple guidelines. Not following them m ay be dangerous or illegal. Re ad the complete user guide for further in formation. SWITCH ON SAFELY Do not switch th e devic e on when wire l ess pho ne u se is prohibite d or when it may caus e interference or danger. ROAD SAFETY COMES FIRST Obey all local la ws. Alwa ys keep y our ha nds f ree t o ope rat e th e ve hic l e whil e driving. Your firs t cons ideration wh ile driving should be road safety. INTERFERENCE Do not switch th e devic e on when wire l ess pho ne u se is prohibite d or when it may caus e interference or danger. SWITCH OFF IN HOSPITALS Follow any restric tions. Switc h the device off near medic al equipme nt. SWIT CH OFF IN AIRCRAF T Follow any restric tions. Wirel ess de vices can cau se interfere nce in aircraft. SWITCH OFF WHEN REF UE LL I NG Do n't use the devi ce at a refuelling poin t. Don't use near fu el o r chem ica ls . SWITCH O FF NEAR BL ASTING Follow a ny restrict ions. Do n' t us e t he d e vic e w h ere blasting is in progress. USE SE N SIBLY Use only in the normal position as explaine d in the product doc umentation. Do n' t tou c h th e ant e nna unne cessa rily. QUALIFIED SERVICE Only qual ified personnel may ins tall or repair this product. ENHANCEMENTS AND BAT TERIES Use only approved enh anc emen ts and batterie s. Do not conne ct incompati ble products. WATER- RESISTANCE Your phone is not water- r e s i s t a n t . K e e p i t d r y . BACK-U P COPIES Reme mber t o ma ke bac k- up copies or ke ep a w ritte n record of all importan t information. CONN ECT ING T O OT HER DEV IC ES Whe n connec ting to any other device, read its use r guide for detailed safety instruction s. Do not conne ct incompa tible products.
For your safety vii Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved. EMERGENCY CALLS Ensure t he de vice is switche d on and in serv ice. Pres s t he e nd ke y as many times as nee ded to clea r the display a nd return to th e main sc reen. Enter the emerg e ncy num ber , t he n pres s t he c al l ke y. Gi ve yo ur location. Do not e nd the call u ntil given permiss ion to do so. â About your device The wireless devices described in this gui de a re ap pro ved for us e on the CDMA 80 0 and 1900 a nd AMPS netw orks. C ontact you r se rvice provider for more informat ion about networks. Whe n using the features in this de vice, obey all laws and respect privacy and the legitimate rights of others. Warning: To use any feature s in this dev ice, other than the alar m clock, the dev ice mus t be switched on. Do n ot switch the devic e on when wireless phon e us e may ca us e interfere nce or danger. â Network Ser vices To use th e de vice you must ha ve service from a w ireless serv ice provider or network operato r. Many of the features in th is device depend on features in the w ireles s network to function . These ne twork serv ices may not be available on all networks or you may have to make spe cific arran gem ent s wi th y ou r se rvic e provider be fore you can utili se them. Your service provider ma y need to give you additional instruc tions for their use and explain wh at charge s will apply. Some network s may have limita tions that affect how you can use network servic es. For instance, some netw orks may not su pport all language-dependent characters and s ervice s. Your service provider ma y have requested that ce rtain features be disabled or not activated in your device . If so, the y wi ll no t appear o n your devic e menu. Cont act your service provider for more information .
For your safety viii Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved. â Shared me mory The following de vice feature s may share me mory: c ontac ts; text messages; photos, images, and tones in gallery; calendar notes; game s; and applications. U se of one or m ore of the se fe atu res may reduc e th e mem ory available for the rem aining features sharing memory. If your phone displays a mes sage that the me mory is full whe n you try to use a sh ared m emo ry feature , delete some of the information or entries stored in the shared me mory features before contin uing. Some of the features, such as photos, images, and tones in gallery; te xt messag es; and applica tions may hav e a certa in am ount of memory specially allotted to th e m in a dd i ti o n to th e me mor y share d with othe r features .
Pho ne at a gla nce 1 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved. 1. Phone at a glance ⢠Earpiece port (1) â¢D i s p l a y s c r e e n ( 2 ) ⢠L eft se le cti on ke y (3) ⢠Ca ll ke y (4 ) ⢠Keypad (5) ⢠Four-way scrol l and selection key (6 ) ⢠Rig ht selection ke y (7) ⢠Po wer ke y/en d ke y (8) ⢠Charger port (9) ⢠Pop-Port⢠conn ector (10) ⢠Microphone (11) â K eys and parts ⢠Loudspeaker (1) ⢠V oi ce ke y (2 ) ⢠V ol um e key ( 3) ⢠Front di splay (4) â¢H e a d s e t j a c k ( 5 ) Th e voi ce k ey fu nct ions as f ollo ws: ⢠Press once (Sho rt p res s)âÂÂAns wer an incom ing call. ⢠Press and hold (L ong press) â Answer or ma ke a voice d ialling.
Phone a t a glan ce 2 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved. â Standby mode Depending on your wireless service provider or network ope rator and the model nu mber of your phon e, some or all of the followi ng selection keys may appear in standby mode. The standby mode is home base and indica tes your phone is in the idle state. . Signal strength (1)âÂÂA h igher bar ind ica tes a st rong er n etwo rk si gna l. Menu (2 )â Pres s t he c ent re s elec ti on key to se lect this option. Go t o (3)âÂÂPress the left s election ke y to s elect t his op tion. Names or n etwork operator me nu ( 4)â Press the right sele ction ke y to sele ct this optio n. Batter y l eve l (5 )âÂÂA high er bar indi cates more pow er in the batte ry. â Quick keys Note: Dependin g on your wireless service provider or network operator or ne twork operator and the mode l number of your pho ne, some or all of the follow ing Quick keys may appear in standby mode. In standby mode, the four-way scroll key ins tant ly takes you to frequentlyaccessed m enus: Scroll up key âÂÂGo to the conta cts list. Scroll righ t keyâÂÂVie w t he ca lendar. Scroll down k eyâÂÂGo to the contacts list. Scroll left keyâÂÂQ uickly cre ate a text message . Cen tre select ion ke yâÂÂGo to th e m ain menu or a s ele cted subme nu. â Indicators and icons Depending on y our wirele ss service provider or netwo rk operator and the model num ber of your phone, some or all of the following indicators and icons may appear in standby mode. Yo u ha v e new t ex t or pi c tur e mess ages . Se e " T ext me ssage s ," p. 15 . Yo u ha v e new v o ice m ess a ges . See " Voice me ssage s ," p. 27 . Your pho ne k eyp ad is l ock ed. See " Keyg uar d ," p. 12 . Your phone is set to the silen t profile. See " Profiles ," p. 46 . The a larm cl ock is set to on. See " Alarm clock ," p. 61. The c ountdo wn timer is running. The stopw atch time r is running in the background. Integ rat ed hand s-free is activ e. See " Louds peake r ," p. 11 . The timed profile is sele cted. See " Profiles ," p. 46.
Pho ne at a gla nce 3 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved. or An enha ncem ent is co nnect ed to th e phon e. See " E nhancem en t settin gs ," p. 54 . Voice pr ivacy en crypt ion is active (or is no t active) in the network. You are in a digital ne twork. See " Network Se rvices ," p. vii. You are in an analogu e netw ork. See " Network Services ," p. vii . You are in a 1X RTT network. See " Network Se rvices ," p. vii. You are roam ing outside your ho me netwo rk. See " Roaming option s ," p. 58 . â Get the most out of this guide The following s ections illustra te the various compon ents of your phone. Familia rise yo urself with thes e sec t io ns t o h el p y o u un d ers ta nd t he inst ructions that follow. This guide use s certain terms for the steps you ne ed to perform. ⢠Press m eans to pres s and rele ase a key quic kly (s hort press). For examp le, press 7 means pr ess t he key on th e ke ypad la beled with th e number 7 and t he lette rs pqrs. ⢠Pre ss and hol d means to press and hold a ke y for 2âÂÂ3 secon ds; th en release the key (long press) . ⢠Use selection key s to select a men u option. To select an option, press the selection k ey below the menu item on th e pho ne sc re en. ⢠Use scroll key s to move up, down, left, or right in the menus. ⢠Call an d en d ke ys: Pre ss th e call ke y to plac e a ca ll or t o answe r an incoming ca ll. Press the end k ey to end a call or return to th e idle state (st and by mod e). â Phone menus Phone features are grouped according to functi on and are access ed th rough the main menus . Each main me nu conta ins submenus and lists from whic h you can select or view items and pers onal is e yo ur phon e fe atu res. To ac cess the se m enu s a nd s ubm en us, use the scroll method or a shortcut. You ca n cha nge your menu v iew from list to grid. Select Menu > Op t io ns > Main menu view > List or Grid . Not e: So me fea tures m ay not be available, depending on your ne twork. For more information , contact your wireless service provider or network operator.
Phone at a glance 4 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved. Scroll method You ca n use the fou r-way scroll key to s croll up, down, left, and right through th e options. 1. In standby mode, s elect Menu , and scroll through the main menus using the sc roll key. As you scroll throu gh the me nus, th e menu number appears in the upper right corner of the displ ay. Below the batt ery level indica tor is a scroll bar with a tab tha t moves up or down on the right side of the display screen as you scroll t hrough the menus, providing a visual representation of your current position in th e menu structure . 2. When y ou arrive at a me nu, press th e cent re sel ecti on k ey t o sele ct submenus . â¢S e l e c t Back (the right selectio n key) to return to th e previous menu . ⢠Press the end key to retu rn to standby m ode from an y me nu or submenu. In-phone he lp Many feature s have brief descript ions (he lp text ) you can view on the displ ay. To v iew th ese de scri pt ions, you m ust first activat e help te xt as follows. In standby mode, select Men u > Settings > Phon e > He lp text activation > On or Off . Scroll t o a feature and w ait about 14 seconds . Scroll down to view all of the description, or select Back to exit. â Security feature The secu rity feature protects your device from un authorised outgoing calls o r acce ss to the sto red informa tion with th e lock and secu rity codes. The lock code and security code are both preset t o 1234 5. B y defa ult, th e sec u rit y featu re uses t he lock code (default ed to the la st four digits of your phone number) instead of the security code to protect your phone. You nee d to enter th e lock code to access the follow ing Security option : 1. In standby mo de, s elect Menu > Setti ngs > Secu rity . 2. Enter the lock code, and select OK . See " Security settin gs ," p. 55 .
Pho ne at a gla nce 5 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved. Your de vice, by default, requi r es you to ente r the lock code to restore fact ory setti ngs: 1. In standby mode, select Menu > Settings > Restore factory se tt. . 2. E nter the securit y code, and select OK . See " Change lock code ," p. 56 . Note: Depending on you r wireless servic e provider or network operator, your device may some times ask you for the sec urity c ode (defau lted to 12345) instead of the lock code. â Go to functions The Go t o menu e nables you to change the fu nctio n of the left s electi on key on your phon e. With this function, you can qu ickl y ac cess you r mo st frequently used function s from the Go to menu in standby mode. Choose Go to funct ions 1. In standby mode, select Go t o > Optio ns > Sele ct options . 2. Scroll up or dow n to highlight th e desired funct ion. 3. S ele ct Mark to add a function or Unma rk to remove a func tion. 4. S ele ct Don e w hen yo u ha ve adde d all desired functio ns. 5. S ele ct Ye s to s ave the change s. 6. In standby mode, select Go t o to display a list of the functions you selecte d in step 2. Organise functions 1. In standby mode, select Go t o > Optio ns > O rganise . 2. Scroll up or dow n to highlight th e function yo u want to rearrange , and select Move > Mo ve up , Mo ve dow n , Move to top , or Mov e to bottom . 3. S ele ct Don e > Ye s to sa ve the chan ges.
Set up your pho ne 6 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved. 2. Set up your phone â Antenna Yo ur de vice has two antennasâÂÂthe fix ed anten na is ac tive unless the e xtendable ante nna is fully ext ended. You r de vice has a fixed and exte nda ble antenna locat ed tow ards t he to p of the phone with the fol d cl os ed. Hold the phon e wit h the an tenna area poi nted up and over your shoulder . Note: Do no t touch the antenna unnecess arily with the device swit ched on . Conta ct wit h the ante nna affects call quality and may cause the dev ice to operate at a hig he r pow er l e vel th an oth erw ise ne ed ed. Not touching th e antenna area during a phone c all optimis es the anten na performance and batte ry life. â Battery Note: A l w a y s s w i t c h o f f t h e power, and disconnect the charger and any other device before removing the cover. Always store and use the d evice with t he c over attac hed.
Se t up your p hon e 7 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved. Remove the back cover 1. Wit h the back of the phone facing you, push down on th e back cover. 2. Sl ide the back c over toward th e bottom of the phone an d remove. R emov e th e b atte ry Aft er you ha ve remov ed the ba ck cove r, insert your fi nger int o the finger grip, and lift th e battery from its compa rtm ent. Note: A l w a y s s w i t c h o f f t h e device, and disconnect the charger before removing th e battery. UIM card slot Your phone has a UIM (CDMA SIM) card slot buil t into the me chanics . How ever, the UIM is not fun ctional in this phone model. Avoid placing anythin g i nto the UI M ca rd slot. Replac e the ba ttery 1. Insert t he battery, gold-c oloured contac t end first, into the battery slot . 2. Push dow n on the other en d of the battery to snap t he batt ery in to place.
Set up your pho ne 8 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved. Replace the back cover 1. Set the back cover on the phone with the cover tabs align ed with the slots in the phone. 2. Slide the back c over toward the top of the phon e until the back cover is securely in place. Charge the battery Note: Ch eck the m odel numbe r of any charg er before use wit h this dev ice. This devic e is intended for use when supplied with power from the AC-3 or AC-4 cha rg er . 1. Plug the charg er transfo rmer into a standard AC out let. 2. Insert the c harger ou tput plug into the round jack at the bottom end of th e phon e. After a few secon ds, the battery indica tor in the display s tarts to scro ll from bottom t o top. If th e ba tte ry is co mple tel y discharged,it may take a few minut es before the chargin g indicator appears on th e display or before any calls can be ma de. You can a lso use the CA-4 4 charger adap ter to conne ct t he ph one w ith Nokia chargers havin g a larger b arrel size, inc luding ACP-7, ACP-8, ACP-9, ACP-12, AC-1 (retractable charger), and LCH-12 (mobile charger). 1. Plug the charger transformer into a standard AC outlet. 2. Ins ert the cha rger output plug in to the CA-44 ad apter jack . 3. Ins ert the C A-44 plug into th e jack on the bottom of the phon e. Warning: Use only batteries, char ge rs, and enha ncemen ts approved by Nokia for use with th is particular mode l. The us e of any other type s may inva lidate any a pproval or warranty, and may be dangerous.
Se t up your p hon e 9 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved. â Turn y our p hone on or off 1. To turn your phone on or off, press and hold the e nd ke y on th e ke ypad for at least 4 seconds. 2. E nter the lo ck code, if nec essary, and sel e ct OK . See " Ch ange lock code ," p. 56 . Warn ing: Do not s witch the phone on when wireless phone use is prohibited or when i t may caus e interferenc e or danger. â Connect the headset A compatible headset, suc h as HS-5, may be purchased with y our phone or se paratel y as a n enhan cem ent . See " Enhanc emen t settin gs ," p. 54 . 1. Plug th e hea dset conne ctor into the Pop-Port co nnector at the bottom end of your phone . appears in standby mode. 2. Pos ition the he adset on y our ear. With th e hea dset con nected, y ou can make, answ er, and end c alls as usual . ⢠Use th e keyp ad to enter num bers. ⢠Pr ess the cal l key to plac e a cal l. See " Phone at a glance ," p. 1 . ⢠Pr ess the en d key t o end a c all . You ca n also plug a compatible headset , such as the H S-9 Universal Heads et, into the 2.5-m m headse t jack on th e right side of y our phone to allow ha nds -fr ee opera tion. Se e " En hancem en t settin gs ," p. 54. â Make a call Note: Before makin g or receiving a ca ll, fully extend the wh ip anten na. Key pad 1. Ente r the ph one number and press the call ke y. (To de lete a characte r to the left of th e cursor, sele ct Cl ear .) 2. Pr ess th e end key to end the c all , or select End call to canc el the ca ll attem pt.
Set up your pho ne 10 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved. Contacts list 1. In standby mode, scroll down to display your con tacts list an d highlight your desired entry. 2. Select Details to high light yo ur desired number, an d then sele ct Call . Last dialled number 1. In standby mode, pre ss the call ke y to display the last 30 numbers dialled. 2. Scroll to the nu mber (or na me) you want to redial, and press the call key. Conference calling Confe rence calling is a network depen dant serv ice that allows yo u to tak e part in a c onfe rence ca ll with two other participants. Note: Con ference ca lling is a network depe ndant service. 1. Make a call to th e first participant . 2. With the first participant on th e line, select Opti ons > New call . 3. Enter the phone number of the second part icipant, or select Search to retriev e a number from the c ontac ts list. Sele ct Call . The first participa nt is put on hold. 4. When th e seco nd participan t picks up , press the call key t o con nect the c alls. 5. T o end th e conf erenc e call, se lect Opt io n s > E nd all calls , or press t he end key. â Answer calls An incoming call 1. Wi th the fold ope n, press the c all key, or se lect Answer to ans wer the call. 2. Pres s the end ke y to rejec t the call. Select Silenc e to mute th e ringing to ne, then Dism iss , or do nothing. T he cal l is even tua lly d iver ted to voice mail. With you r phone set to silen t in th e prof iles menu, sele ct Dismiss to dive rt the call to voicemail. 3. Wi th the fold c losed, press th e volum e key to m ute the ringing to ne. A sh ort pre ss of the voic e key an swers a n inc oming call w ith t he louds peaker. By default, y our phone answers an incoming call whe n you open the fold. You can cha nge th e sett ing to not answ er th e call w hen the fold op ens. In standby mode, select Men u > Settings > Call > Answer wh en fold is opened > On or Off .
Se t up your p hon e 11 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved. Adjust the earpiece volume Whe ther in or out of a call, you can scroll the v olume key loca ted on th e left side of your device up or down to adju st the volume of the earpiece . Whe n you adjust the v olume, a ba r char t indicates the volume le vel. An swer a ca ll with the keypad locked To answ er a call w ith the ke ypad locke d, press the call ke y with th e fold open. To answer a call with the fold clo sed an d the ke ypad lo cked, pre ss an d hold the voice ke y to ans wer wi th the lou dspeake r. During the call, all features function as normal. When yo u end o r reject th e call, the keyp ad au tomatical ly relocks. Se e " Ke ygu ard ," p. 12 . Whe n the keypa d lock is on, ca lls still may be possible to the official emerge ncy number programm ed into your d evice . Enter th e eme rgenc y numbe r, and press the call k ey. Lou dspea ker Warnin g: Do not hold the dev ice near you r ear wh en th e loudspeaker is in us e, because th e volume may be ex tr emel y loud. Yo u can use your phon e as a loudspe aker during a ca ll. ⢠To activate the louds peaker while in a call wit h the fold open, sele ct Loudsp. . ⢠To activa te t he lou dspeake r when answer ing a call wit h the fold closed , pres s the voice ke y. ⢠To deac tivate the loudspea ker during a call, wit h the fold open , sel ect Normal . The loudspe aker is deactiva ted aut omatically when a ca ll (or a call attempt ) ends or w hen certain enh ancem ents are co nne c ted . Call optio ns Many of the options you can use during a call are ne twork servic es. Chec k with your wire less ser vic e provider or netw ork operator for more information . 1. S ele ct Opt io n s durin g a call to display the following options: Loudspe aker or Hands et âÂÂAc tivate or dea ctiv ate th e louds pea ker while in a call. New call âÂÂInit iate a conferen c e call. Se e " Confer ence calling ," p. 10 .
Set up your pho ne 12 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved. Save âÂÂSa ve a number wh ile in a call to your conta cts list. Yo u can also s ave a number dire ctly from the st andby screen . A dd t o contact â Add a phone number to a n existing contac t in your conta cts list wh ile in a call. This option is ava ilable only wh en entering numb ers during a ca ll. End all calls âÂÂDisconn ect from all active ca lls. Send D TMF âÂÂE nter th e numb ers, an d se lec t DT MF to sen d the numbers as tones. Con ta ct s â View the conta cts menu. Menu âÂÂVie w th e phon e m enu. 2. Scroll to and select an option to activate the option or ente r its submenu. â Key g u a rd With ke ygu ard, you ca n lock the keypa d to pre vent keys from being pressed accidentally. The locked keypa d un locks w hen yo u receive a call. Afte r the call, the lock autom atically reactiv ates. With th e keygu ard on, calls still may be possible to the official emergency numb er pr ogramm ed in to y our p hone. Enter the em ergency num ber, and pre ss the call ke y. Lock the keypad Select Menu wit h the ce ntre selec tion key; t hen pres s * wi thin 2 secon ds. Unlock the keypad Select Unlo ck with the centre se lection key; t hen pres s * wi thin 2 secon ds.
Text entr y 13 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved. 3. T e xt entry You ca n use two m ethods for entering text and num bers: standard mode and predictive t ext mode. Select Cle ar to back space th e curso r and delete a character. Se lect and hold Clear to backspa ce cont inuou sly and delete charac ters. â Standard mode Standard mode is the only way t o enter tex t into the con tacts list an d to rename calle r groups. Text (Abc) ⢠Press a key once to insert the first le tte r on the key, twi ce for the seco nd letter, etc. If y ou pause briefly, the las t letter in the displa y is accepte d and your device await s th e next ent ry. ⢠Pres s 0 to en ter a sp ace, the reb y acceptin g a completed wo rd. ⢠Press 1 to insert a period into you r message . ⢠Press * to display a com plete list of special cha racters. ⢠Press a nd hold # to bring u p the Editor sett ings ( Number mode , Dictionary on or Di cti onar y of f , Writing langu age ). Numbers ( 123) To switc h to 1 23 mode from Abc mode, press an d hold # at any message ent ry screen to bring up th e Editor settings menu list of N umb er mode , Dictionary on or Diction ary off , a nd W riting language . Se lec t Numbe r mode , and the de vice returns to the me ssage ent ry screen an d swit ches t he Abc i co n in the upper left corne r of the display to the 12 3 icon (or ba ck). Punctuation and special characters Whi le a t any t ext en tr y sc reen, press * to display specia l charac ters (pre ss and hold * if predictiv e text is on). Press * again to cycle th rou gh all a vailable chara cters. Scroll to navigate through the lis t of special cha racters. With a chara cter highlighte d, select Use to insert the charact er into your me ssage. â Predictive text mode Mu ch faster th an the stand ard mode meth od, predictive text input enables you to writ e messag es quickl y using your ke ypad a nd the built- in dictionary . In predictive text mode, your phone pred icts the words as y ou enter the m.
Text entr y 14 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved. Acti v ate or de acti vate 1. At any te xt entry screen, selec t Option s > Dict ionary on to activate or Dict iona ry of f to deactiva te. Text entr y The following illus tration sh ows your text entry of the word Nokia in predictiv e text mode. W ith the Englis h dictionary selected, pre ss each of the follow ing numb er ke ys once , and the screen will displa y Nokia by predict ing the appropriate letter to use based on yo ur keypa d entry: Enter: 66 5 42 ⢠Pre ss 0 to enter a s pac e, a nd begin wr it i ng th e ne xt word . ⢠If a disp layed word is not correc t, press * to see ot her matche s. To return to the previous word in the list of matches , select Prev . ⢠I f ? appears after a w ord, sele ct Spell to add th e word to the dictionary. ⢠Pre ss 1 to i nsert a period in to you r message. ⢠Pre ss and h old * t o d isplay special charac ters. Pres s * again to cy cle throug h all ava ilable char ac ter s . â Change case and mode Press # to switch between uppercase, lowercas e, an d sente n ce cas e tex t. As you press #, the follow ing icons (not the descriptions) appear in the upper left of the display s creen:. Uppercase text: standard mode is on. Lowe rcase text: standa rd mode is on. Sen tence case text: standard mode is on. This option is avail able only at t he beginning o f a sent ence . Note: Yo u can press # wi thin 2 seconds to switch between standard mode and predictive text mode. Uppercase text: predic tive text is on. Lowe rcas e text : pred ic tive text is on. Sen tence case te xt: predictiv e text is on. This option is avail able only at t he beginning o f a sent ence .
Messages 15 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved. 4. Mes sages You ca n send and receiv e messag es to compa tible phon es. You ca n also send an d receive picture, mult imedia , and e-mail messages if supported by your service provider. Also, y ou c an make distribution lists that con tain phone number s and n ames from y our conta cts list. See " Text entry ," p . 13 . When com posing text, picture, or multim edia me ssage s, chec k the numbe r of charact ers allowed in the top right corn er of the message. Using Unic ode charac ters takes up more space. With Unicode c haracters in you r messa g e, t he indicato r may n ot show the mess age length correctly. Before sending th e message , the phone te lls you i f the m essage exce eds the ma ximum length allowe d for one messa ge. Impo rtan t: Exerc ise cauti on opening mes sages. Mess ages ma y conta in malicio us softwa re or otherwise be ha rmful to your device or PC. Not e: Wh en yo u sen d a message, your devi ce may display Message sen t , ind icatin g your device has s ent the m essage to the messa ge centre numbe r programmed into you r device. This is n ot an indica tion that the message has b een receiv ed at t he inte nded destination. For more details about mes saging se rvices, ch ec k with you r service provider. â Te xt messages Compose and send 1. In standby mode, select Menu > Message s > Te x t messages > Create me ssage . To go quickly to Create message , scroll left in s tandby mode. 2. Co mpose and send a message using the ke ypad. Depending on the messaging service enab led, some or all of the following options a re available while c omposing your mess age: Preview â Prev iew the m ess age when sending a picture message (only available wit h a picture inserted) .
Messages 16 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved. Sending option s â Mark or Unm ar k the se nding opt ions o f a single message as Urgent , Delivery reports , C allback n o. , or Signature (not available with a picture inserted). See " Ch ange se nding options ," p. 20 . Cle ar t ext â Erase all the text from the me ssage editor . Insert p icture â Insert a pic ture from a templates folde r into your message. Change picture âÂÂCha nge t he pi ctur e in a pi ct ure me ss age ( only available with a picture in serted). Delete pictu re â De lete the pict ure in a pi cture mes sage (only avai lable wi th a pi cture i nse rted). Insert c ontact âÂÂInsert a name from your conta cts list into y our message. Insert numb er âÂÂInsert a phone number or find a phone nu mber in the c ontac ts list. Save âÂÂSelec t Drafts to save th e message in the drafts folder; select Te m p l a t e s to save the me ssage as one of your predefine d templates in the tem plates folde r. Exit e ditor âÂÂExits the me ssage edit or. Use te mplate âÂÂIn sert a pred ef i ne d tem plate into your me ssage . Insert s miley âÂÂIn sert a smiley into your messag e. Insert word or Edit w ord âÂÂEnte r or edit th e text of a new w ord that might n ot app ear in the pred ictiv e tex t dicti onary (on ly ava ilable with predic tive tex t on). Inse rt sy m bol âÂÂIns ert a spec ial character in to your mes sage (only ava ilable with pre dictive tex t on). Dic ti ona ry o n or Dictionary off â Turn the predictive text on or off. Ma tches âÂÂView ma tche s in the diction ary for the word you want t o use (on ly available with predic tive text on and when the s ame s et of key s tr oke s can pro duce mult iple word s). 3. To sen d the message , sele ct Sen d to > Send t o numbe r , Send to man y , or Send to distrib . list (if a distribution list has been created). Enter the recipientâÂÂs phone number or e -mail address; or select Search to re tr ie ve a numbe r or e-mail address from your con tacts lis t, and select OK .
Messages 17 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved. Read message Whe n you rece ive a mes sage, a notification message and are displayed. 1. S ele ct Sho w to read the messa ge or Exit to dismiss the notific ation and read the message later from your inbox. See " View sav ed mes sages ," p. 18 . 2. Scroll u p or down to view the whole m essa ge, if nece ssar y. Optio ns Whe n reading a text me ssage, select Opt io n s to access some or all of the followin g options: De le te â Dis car d the mes sag e. Use d etail âÂÂAcc ess the foll owin g thre e options: ⢠Number âÂÂUs e s or sa v es t he number. Select Option s > Ad d t o con tact , Sen d message , or Call . ⢠E-mail address â Lists t he e-ma il addresse s include d in the message ( ava ila ble onl y if the me ssa ge contain s an e-mail address). Select Save to save th e email a ddress as a new phone book entry or Opt ions > Add to contact or Send message . ⢠Web address âÂÂDisplay s if a URL is in clud ed in t he m essag e. Mov e âÂÂSave the me ssage t o Templates , Archive , or a folder you ha ve cre ated. For wa rd âÂÂDiv ert the m essage to another ph one number or e-mail address. Lock or Un lock âÂÂLoc k or unlock the me ss age . Sa ve p ictu re âÂÂSav e th e pict ure to you r T emplates folder for later use. You can ent er a title fo r the pic ture, and selec t OK . Renam e âÂÂEdi t the titl e of the mess age. Reply to message 1. In standby mode, select Menu > Message s > Te x t messages > Inb ox and your desired message, or when you receiv e a me ssage, sel ect Show . 2. S ele ct Reply > Empty s c reen , Original text , Te m p l a t e , or one of th e pred efi ned a nswer s ; th en comp ose your re ply using th e keypa d. 3. After c reatin g the reply, select Send . Th e send er âÂÂs ph on e num be r or e- ma il i s use d a s t he de fau lt.
Messages 18 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved. Tem plates Template s are short, prewri tten mess ages you ca n reca ll a nd inse rt in to new text mess ages wh en yo u are s hort on time. 1. In standby mode, s elect Menu > Message s > Te xt m essa ges > Create me ssage > Optio ns > Us e temp late . 2. Select your desired template. 3. Select Send to > Se nd to number , Send to many , or Send to distrib . list (with a distribution list created). 4. Enter the recipientâÂÂs phone numbe r sel ec t Sea rch to retrieve a nu mber or e-mail address from your contacts list; a nd s elect Send . A distribution list on ly c ontains phone numbe rs of recipients and is sel ected from a list of predefined groups you create . Text mes sage fold ers Save messages You ca n save drafts of me ssages or receiv ed messages to an existing fol der or to a folder th at you have crea ted. 1. O pen th e rece ive d mess age or crea t e a n ew message, and select Option s . 2. To save a received message , select Mo ve > Arc hive , Templates , or a folder you ha ve creat ed. 3. To save th e draft of a mess age you hav e cre ated , sele ct Save > Drafts or Templates . View saved m essa ges 1. In standby mo de, s elect Menu > Messages > T ext mes sages . 2. Sele ct the folde r contain ing the message y ou want to view: Inbox âÂÂAu tomatica lly stores any incom ing messag es. Out box âÂÂStores messages that hav e not been sent Sent it ems âÂÂStores m essa ges that have b een sen t. Dra fts âÂÂStores message s create d as drafts. Archive âÂÂStores mess ages that yo u choose to arch ive, inc luding unread ones. Templates âÂÂS tores pictu res a nd prew ritten template s. Preloaded tem plates can be edited and personalised. My folders âÂÂAllows yo u to organise you r me ssa ges by creat ing c ust om folders and saving som e of your messages h ere. Se lect Op tion s > Add folder , R ename folde r , or Delete folder to add a custom folder or rename or delete a folder you ha ve create d.
Messages 19 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved. You ca n only delete folde rs created in my folders; the inbox, sent ite ms, archive, a nd template s folders are protected. When deletin g a folder, you are also delet ing all messages in the folder. Distribution lists âÂÂS tores c reated distribution lists. 3. When the f olde r op ens, sele ct th e mes sage yo u wa nt to vi ew. Distribution list The distribution list en ables you to send messages to a group of contacts. In standby mode, select Me n u > Messages > Text messages > Distribution li sts . To cre ate a distribu tion list, select New list with no lis t create d or Op ti ons > Cre ate n ew lis t to create additional lists. To populate your list, se lect Add ne w and a c ontact from y our conta cts list . To use, rename, or modify a distribution list, highligh t the distribution list; and select Opt ions > Send m essage , Renam e list , Clear list , or De lete list . Del ete mess ages If your me ssage me mory is full an d you have m ore messages w aiting at the ne two rk, No space for new text me ssag es appears in standby mode. You ca n do the following: ⢠R ead some of the un read messag es, and delete the m individually. ⢠Del ete mess ages f rom s ome of you r folders. Delete a single message 1. In standby mode, select Menu > Message s > Te x t messages . 2. Select the folder con taining the messag e you wan t to delete. 3. High light th e messag e you want to delet e. 4. S ele ct Opt io n s > De lete . 5. S ele ct Ye s to delete the message or No to exit. Delete all messages inder 1. In standby mode, select Menu > Message s > Tex t m es sa ge s > Delete messages . 2. Selec t the messa ges you want to delet e: All âÂÂDelete s all messag es in all of the folders. All read âÂÂDel ete s any mess ages that h av e bee n read in al l of the folders.
Messages 20 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved. All unread âÂÂDe letes any mes sages t h a t h a v e n o t b e e n r e a d i n a l l o f the fo lders. 3. Select and Mark the folders tha t have mes sages you want to de lete: Inbox âÂÂDelet es all m essag es f rom th e inbox f older. Sent items â Dele tes all messages from the Sent item s folder. Outbox âÂÂDe letes all messages from the o utbox folder. Drafts âÂÂDelete s all message s from th e d ra fts fo ld er. Archive â Deletes all me ssages from th e archi ve folder. User define d foldersâÂÂDeletes all mess ag es fro m th e user d efi ned folder. 4. Select Do ne > Ye s to empty the marked folder. Change sending options To change sending options for all future text messages, in standby mode , sel ect Menu > Me ss a ge s > T ext messages > Me ssage se ttings > Sending options an d the setting you want to ch ange: Priority â Set the priority of the note a s Normal or Urge nt . Deliver y reports âÂÂSe nd a note to yourse lf confirming delivery of th e message . Select On or Of f . Send callback num ber âÂÂSend a c allback num ber to th e reci pi ent. Sel ect Off or enter your de sired phone numbe r to se nd to the re ci pien t as a call bac k numbe r, and select OK . Signature âÂÂSe lect On to cr eate a signature to send with te xt me ssages or Of f to turn this feature off. To change sending options for one message , in standby mode, select Menu > Mes s ages > T ext messages > Create message > Opti ons > Sen ding options , and Mark or Unmark th e setting you want to change : Urge nt âÂÂSet the priority of the note as urgent. Deliver y reports âÂÂSend a note to yourself con firming delive ry of the message . Send callback nu mber âÂÂEn ter y our desired phone num ber to send to the recipien t as a callb ack number, an d sel ect OK . Signature âÂÂCre ate a signa ture to send with text me ssages. Change message set tings In standby mode, select Men u > Messages > Text mes sag es > Message settin gs > Othe r set tin gs and t he setting you want to change : Message font size âÂÂSelec t Small fon t or Large font . Message overwriting âÂÂSel ect Sent items on ly , Inbox onl y , S. it ems & Inbox , or Of f .
Messages 21 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved. Note: When th e mes sage memory is full, your phone cannot send or receiv e any ne w messages . To fre e up th e memory, you c an sele ct Messa ge o verwrit ing to ma ke your phone aut omatica lly replace old messages in the inbox and outbox folde rs when new ones arrive. Save sent messages âÂÂSelec t Alw ays save , Always prompt , or Off . Queue msgs. when digital unavailable âÂÂSele ct On , On prompt , or Off . Mess ages are stored i n the ou tbox until th ey can be sent with digital serv ic e. â Picture messages Your phon e comes with five preloaded pic tures. If ne cessar y, you can overwrite any of the preloaded picture s. You can send a te xt mes sage with pictures attac hed to comp atible phone s. H ow ever, pictures take up more space t han t e xt. To select your desired picture in the temp lates folder, in standby m ode, sele ct Menu > Message s > Tex t messages > Tem p la t es . Yo u cannot se nd a pictur e messag e us ing e -ma il. Receive and save Not e: Only comp atible device s that offer picture mess age feature s can rec eive and display pic ture messages. Whe n you have unope ned picture messages in your inbox, appears. Select Show to vi ew the pic ture me ss age or Ex it to view the picture me ss age in yo ur in box l ater . If you have more than one picture message, scro ll t o and se l ect the message yo u want to vie w. Scroll to vie w the w hole pict ure i f necessa ry. To sa ve a rece ived pictu re in yo ur template s folder, select Optio ns > Save picture . Enter a tit le, and sel e ct OK . If your t emplates folde r is full of pict ures, scroll to and sel ect a picture you w ant to replace. Compose and send W hen you in se rt a stan d ard pi ct ure into a mess age, the number of characters you c a n add cha n ges as shown in th e upper right corne r of the display sc reen. 1. In standby mode, select Menu > Message s > Te x t messages > Create me ssage . 2. Write the me ssage, and select Optio ns > I nsert picture . 3. Scroll to a picture, and select Use or Vie w > Ins ert . To replace with another picture, sel ect Op tions > Change picture ,
Messages 22 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved. scroll to another picture , and select Use or Vie w > Ins ert . 4. Select Send to > Se nd to number , Send to many , or Send to distrib . list if distribution list e xists. 5. Enter the phone number of the recipient, or select Search to retrieve a numbe r from contacts list. To view, change , or delete the picture, sel ect Opt ions > Pre view , Change picture , o r De lete pic ture . â Multimedia messages A multime dia message (M MS) can co ntain text , sound, a picture, an d a video clip. Your device supports multime dia messag es up to 300 K B. Wit h t he m axim um siz e exceed ed , the dev ice m ay not be a ble t o re cei ve th e message . Depe nding on yo ur netw ork, yo u may rece ive a messag e that incl udes an Inter net ad dress w h er e you can go t o v iew the mul timedia mess age. Pi ctu res are sca led t o fit t he display area of the device. Your device has a multim edia mes sage viewe r for playing me ssages and a mult imedia folder for storing saved mes sages. Whe n you save the multim edia mess age, you can use th e image as a screen saver or the sound as a ri ngin g tone unless protected by copyright. The appearance of a mu lt imedia message may vary depe nding on the rece iving de vice. Import ant : Exerc ise caut ion wh en o p enin g m ess ag es. Message s m ay con tain virus es or otherwise b e harmful to your device or PC. Copyright protections may prevent some ima ges, ringing tones, and oth er content from being copie d, modifie d, transferred, or diverted. This function is only availa ble if supported by your service provide r or n etwork operator. For availabilit y and a subsc ription to the mu ltimedia me ssaging service , contact your service provider or network ope rator. Note: Only devic es that offer compatible multime dia message fe atures can receiv e and display mu ltimedia message s. Multime dia mess age object s may cont ain viru ses or otherwi se be harm ful to you r device or PC. Do not open any a ttachme nt if unsu re of the trustw orthines s of t he send er. Multimedia m essaging supports t he following formats: ⢠Picture: J PEG, GIF, animat ed GI F, WBMP, BMP, and PNG ⢠Sound: SP-MIDI, AAC, AMR audio, QCELP, an d monoph onic rin ging to nes ⢠Video: clips in H .263 format with SubQCIF image size and AMR a udio If a received me ssage cont ains unsupported elements, these elemen ts
Messages 23 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved. may be replaced with Object form at not su pported . You ca n receive MMS notifications at an ytime; w hethe r you can retrieve MMS depends, as shown in the followin g: ⢠While in a call or an active browsing s ession, you c annot retrieve mu ltimedia me ssages. ⢠While in a standalone application such as a game or calendar instead of a browser or v oice call, you can retrieve mu ltimedia me ssages. MMS settin gs Be fore you can us e the m ultim edia messa g e f eatur e, you m ust speci fy whet her y ou want t o r ecei ve mes sage at all tim es or only if you are in you r wireless service provider or network operatorâÂÂs home system. This is a net work ser vi ce. Ch eck w ith yo ur service provider for more information . The defa ult setting of the multimedia messa ge servic e is on. T he appearance of a mu ltimedia messa ge may vary depending on the receiving device. Allow or block m ultimedia reception Yo u can ch oose to recei ve all messages, block all message s, or rece ive messa ges only when you are in the wireles s service provider or network ope ratorâÂÂs home network. In standby mode, sele c t Menu > Messages > M ultimedia me ssages > Me ss age se tti ng s > Allow multime dia reception and on e of the following: Ye s â Allow all incom ing messa ges. In home netw ork âÂÂAllow in coming message s only if you are in th e wireles s service provider or network operatorâÂÂs home system. This is a ne two rk service . Chec k with your servi ce provi der for more inform ation. No âÂÂBlock all incomin g messages. Retrieve or reject multimedia messages This set ting is unavaila ble wit h multim edia reception block ed. In standby mode, sele c t Menu > Messages > M ultimedia me ssages > Me ss age se tti ng s > Incom ing mu lti- media messages and one of the following opt ions: Retr ie ve âÂÂAut omatically retrieve all me ss ages to your in box. Retriev e manually âÂÂEnable choosing from a not ification w hether to re trieve a message w aiting on the net work. Reje ct âÂÂRe ject incoming m ultim edia me ss age s.
Messages 24 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved. Whe n you re ceive messa ges, Multime dia message received appears. Allow or b lock advertisements This sett ing is unavailable with multime dia reception blocked. In st andby mode, sele ct Men u > Messages > Multimedia me ssages > Message settings > Allow adverts > Ye s or No . Other M MS settings Othe r multim edia set tings incl ude saving y our message s to Sent items . In standby mode, s elect Menu > Messages > Multimedia me ssages > Me ss age se tti ng s and one of the following: Save sent m essages âÂÂS elec t Yes to save sent mult imedia mes sages to the Sent items folder or No to discard. Deliver y reports âÂÂSelec t Ye s to be inform ed if the message was deliv ered or No to not be informed. Scale image down âÂÂSe lect Ye s or No to define wheth er to scale image down. Default slide timing âÂÂSe t the de fault time in m m:ss format for each slide in a n M M S t o r e m a i n o n t h e s c r e e n . MMS folder s To use and arrange mess ages, select Messages > Multimedia me ssages and one of the followi ng: Inbox âÂÂConta ins rece ived multim edia message s. Outbox âÂÂC ontains multim edi a messages whi c h you have sent and are still waiting t o be t ransmitte d, or fa iled to be sent out. Sent items âÂÂCon tains se nt mu ltimedia message s. Sav ed item s âÂÂContains sav e d multime dia messa ges that y ou can sen d later. Delete mes sages âÂÂDel etes mess ages in the Inbox , Outbox , Se nt items , o r Sav ed items folder. Write and sen d multimedia messag es 1. In standby mo de, s elect Menu > Messages > Multimedia messa ges > Cre ate message . 2. Ente r you r message text, an d select Opt io n s > In se rt > Ima ge , Sound clip , Ne w soun d clip , Video clip , Slide , Busine ss card , or Calendar not e . The list of available folders in the Ga llery is displayed. Selectin g Bus iness car d disp lays your con tact lists ; selectin g Calendar n ote shows th e calendar. 3. Ope n the desired folder; scroll to the imag e, sound clip, or video c lip; and select Opti ons > Inse rt . The in dicator in the me ssage head er s h ow s the a vailab le mem ory size left for the me ssage. Copyright protect ions may prevent som e images, ringing tone s, and othe r content from be ing c opied, modifie d, transferred, or dive rted.
Messages 25 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved. 4. To add a new page or slide to the messag e, select Opti ons > Insert > Slide . This applies only if the re is no video clip in the message Each s lide can contain text, one image, and one sound clip. If the message contains sev eral slides, to open the desired slide, select Previous slide , Next s lide , or Slide list . You can a lso add business cards and calen dar notes. 5. To se t the tim e interval be twee n the slid es, select Op tio ns > Sli de timing . Enter the tim e interva l in mm:ss format, and select OK . 6. To mov e the te xt to the top or bottom of the messa ge, select Opt ions > Place text first or Pl ace text last (defaul t). 7. To insert a name from contacts, sel ect Opti on s > More options > Insert cont act and th e desired name. 8. To ins ert a numbe r, select Opt io n s > More options > Insert num ber . 9. Ente r the numbe r or search for it in contact s , and sele c t OK . 10. To in sert a business ca rd, sel ect Opt ions > Insert > Busine ss card . 11. T o insert a calendar note, select Opt ions > Insert > Calendar not e . 12. To delete an image , slide, v ideo clip, or sound clip from the m essage, sel ect Op tions > Delete > Image , Sound clip , V ideo clip , or Slid e . 13. To add a subject to th e message , sel ect Op tions > More options > Edit subje ct , e nter a subj ect, a nd sel ect OK . 14. T o vi ew the mess age or slid e presentation before sending it, sel ect Op tions > Preview . 1 5. T o sa ve the me ssa ge to Saved items , se le ct Opt ions > Save . 1 6. To se nd th e me ss age, se lect Send to > Phon e numb er , E-mail add ress , or Many . 17. E nter the r ecip ien tâÂÂs nu mber o r e- mail address, or search for it in cont acts, and s elect OK . The message is mov ed to the outbox f o l d e r t o b e s e n t . It takes more time to send a multim edia mes sage than a tex t message . While sendin g the multim edia mes sage, your dev ice displays the animate d indicator , and you ca n use other func tions on the devic e. If th ere is an interru ption w hile send ing the mes sage, the device auto matically tries to re send it a few times. If this fails, the message rema ins in the o utbox fold er, and yo u can try to man ually resend it late r. Check your outbox folder for uns ent messages.
Messages 26 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved. Note: When sen ding mes sages , your dev ice ma y display Mu ltimedia message sent , indicatin g that the messa ge has been sen t to the mess age centre num ber programme d into you r device. This is not a n indica tion that the messa ge has been received at th e int end ed de stin ation. For more details about messa gi ng se rvices , check wi th your ne twork operator. Sent m essages are saved in the sent items folder if y ou set Save sent messages to Ye s . Se e " Other MMS settin gs ," p. 24 . This is not an ind ication tha t the mess age has been receive d at the inten ded destination . Read multimedia m essages Whe n a multimedia me ssage is being receive d, appea rs an imated i n the display along with the percentage display indic ating th e receiving progress. With the message fully downloaded, a ppears, and the number of messa ges re cei ved al so shows in the display (wit h the light indicator blink ing near the bottom of yo ur antenna) . ⢠To v iew the m essage immediat ely, sel ec t Show . ⢠To view a s a ved message, select Menu > Messages > Multimedia messages > Saved items , and scroll to view th e messag e. While viewi ng the message, selec t Play to v iew t he en tire M MS o r Opti ons and one of the followin g: Vie w text âÂÂVi ew only th e text inclu ded in the mes sage. Open image , Open sound clip , or Ope n video clip âÂÂVie w or l is ten to th e corresponding file. Delete mes sage âÂÂDel ete the m ess age you are viewin g. Forward to no. , F orward to e-mail , o r Forwar d to ma ny âÂÂDiv ert the me ssage to a phone num ber, to an eâÂÂmail address, or to multiple recipients. Message details âÂÂV iew th e sender âÂÂs name and phon e number, the message centre used, rec eption date and time, and mess age si ze and ty pe. Save image , Sa ve sound clip , or Sa ve video clip âÂÂSa ve the file to th e G allery . You must open images, sound clips, and video clips before you can sa ve them. If blinks and M ultimedia me -mory full. view waiting msg. appears, memory f or multim edia mes sages is full. To view th e waiting me ssage, sel ect Sho w . Before you can save the message , delete some of your old mess ages . Se e " Del e te m essa ges ," p. 19 . Reply to multimedia message Select Re pl y or Reply to all to enter a reply and send it to the original sende r and any other message recipients.
Messages 27 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved. â V oice messages If you s ubscribe to voice mail, your wireless service provider or network operator w ill furnish you with a voice ma ilbox numbe r. You ne ed to save this numb er to yo ur devic e to u se voice ma il. When you re ceive a v oice messa ge, you r device bee ps, displ ays a mess age, o r bot h. If you rece ive m ore than one vo ic e messag e, y our de vice shows the number of voic e messages rece ived. Save voice mailbox number Your wi reless service provider or network ope rator may have already save d your voice ma ilbox number to your d evice. Select OK to leave th e numbe r unchange d. 1. In standby mode, select Menu > Message s > V oic e messages > V oice mailbo x numbe r . The vo ic e mailbox num ber is displayed. 2. If the box is em pty, en ter th e voice mailbox area code and number, and sel e ct OK . Call and setup voice mail 1. A ft er yo u s ave t he v oice mail box number, in standby mode, press and hold 1. 2. Whe n you con nect to voic e mail and the prerecorded greeting begins, follow the automate d instructions to setup voice mail. Listen to voice m e ssages After you set up voice mail, in s tandby mode, press and hold 1; or select Menu > Messages > V oice messages > List en to v oice m essa ges to dial the voice mailbox numbe r. Whe n you conne ct and the prerecorded greeting begins, follow the autom ated instru ctions to listen to you r voice me ss age s. Au toma te v oice ma il You ca n insert speci al characte rs called dialling c odes int o ph one num bers su ch as voi ce ma il, and save the numb er to a spee d di al lo cation. Dialli ng codes instruct th e receiving system to pause , wait, bypass, or ac ce pt th e num bers th at foll ow them in the dialling strin g. See " Phone numbe rs with dialling code s ," p. 28 . Voice mail services va ry by wireless service provider or network operator. The following ins truction s are examples of common ope rations.
Messages 28 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved. Ple ase che ck with you r wire le ss se rv ic e provider or netw ork operator for specific ins truction s on using your voice m ail se rvice. Write down voice mailbox number and process 1. Write down your voice mailbox number. 2. Call and chec k your voice mail as you norma lly would. 3. Write down your intera ction wi th the r eco rded p ro mp ts st ep- by -step . Keep in mind tha t each v oice ma il service may vary. How ever, it may look similar to the following: Dial 858 555121 2, pause 5 s econds, press 1 , pause 2 seconds, press 1234, and pres s #. Phone numbers with dialling codes Dialling code s instruct th e receiving system to pause, w ait, bypass, or ac cept th e numb ers th at fol low th em in the diallin g string. To set up dialling codes, do the following: 1. In standby mode, s elect Menu > Con ta ct s > Spe ed dials . 2. Scroll to an (em p ty ) Speed dials slot, and se lect As sig n . 3. Enter yo ur number , including the area code. 4. Enter an y dialling c odes as necess ary after the entered phone nu mber. For example, if you pause for 5 seconds afte r connectin g to voic e ma il, enter p twice (two time s 2.5 sec ond s) a fter the v oice ma ilbox numbe r: 21455 51212pp. 5. En ter any remaining pa uses or othe r information th at enables you t o li ste n to yo ur m ess a ges , an d sele ct OK . 6. En ter a name (such a s voice m ail), and select OK . To dial and listen to your voice ma il, press and hold the as si gned speed dial key in standby mode. Insert dialling c odes Press * repeatedly to cyc le through dialling codes. When the desired code appears in the display, pause briefly and the code is inserted into the dialling string . The following dia lling codes are avail able: *â By pa sse s a se t o f in st ruc ti ons . pâÂÂPauses for 2.5 s econds before send ing any numbe rs that follow. âÂÂReplac ed by the int ernational ac cess code . wâÂÂWa it s fo r yo u t o pre ss the call k ey before sending the num bers or codes that follow.
Messages 29 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved. C lea r vo i ce m ail i con To clear the voice mail icon from th e display, in standby mode, select Men u > Me ssages > V oice messages > Cle ar voice message icon . â We b messaging Web messaging is a network service. See " Network Services ," p. vii . If y our w ireless serv ice pro vider or network operator supports this featu re, you ca n use the minibrowser to c heck for e-mail me ssages. In standby mode, sele ct Menu > Message s > Minibrow ser messages > Conne ct . See " Mobile we b ," p. 70 for more information on using the minibrows er in your device to access web pages.
Call reg ister 30 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved. 5. Call register Call register stores information about your la st 30 missed, rece ived, and dialled ca lls respective ly and adds the total durat ion of all calls. When the numbe r of calls exceed s the maximum , the most re cent call re places the oldest. Whet her vie wing mi ssed, recei ved, or dialled ca lls, select Opti ons to access thes e m enu o ptions : Ti me o f ca ll â Di splays the date and time of the call. Send m essage âÂÂSends a messa ge to t he numbe r. Use num ber â Edits the num ber and associat es a name with the number. Save âÂÂEnte rs a name for the number and save s it to your cont acts list. Add to c ontact âÂÂAdds a n umber t o a co ntact and s aves it to your co nta cts list (av ailable only with the numb er not y et store d in you r conta cts lis t). Delete â Clears the num ber from memory . Call âÂÂCalls the num ber. â View missed calls The miss ed calls feature does n ot function with your de vice switch ed off. Misse d calls are calls you h ave neve r answ ered. To view mi ssed cal ls, do th e following: 1. In standby mo de, s elect Menu > Call regis ter > Misse d calls , or w ith mis sed call notific ation displaye d, sele ct List . 2. Scroll to a na me or number, and sele ct Opti ons and an option to vie w or a ct iva te. â View received calls Rece ive d ca lls a re ca lls tha t hav e been answ ered. 1. In standby mo de, s elect Menu > Call regis ter > Receive d calls . 2. Scroll to a na me or number, and sele ct Opti ons and an option to vie w or a ct iva te.
Call reg ister 31 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved. â View dialled nu mbers Dial led calls are previou s numbers yo u have dialled from you r device: 1. In standby mode , press the call key, or select Menu > Call register > Dialled num bers . 2. Scroll to a name or num ber, and sel ect Opti on s . 3. Select an option to view or activ ate. Vie w call times You ca n make or re ceive calls to or from the same num ber and view up to five c alls displaye d with the time each ca ll o ccurred. Your devic e cloc k must be set for this featu re to work accurately. 1. In standby mode, select Menu > Call register > Missed calls , Receiv ed calls , or Dialled num bers . 2. H ighlight your desired name or number, and select Opt ion s > Time of call . 3. Scroll dow n to view the call times from this nu mber; select Back to return to th e options list. â Delete call register s You ca n delete any m issed, dialle d, or receive d calls fro m your d evice me mor y. 1. In standby mode, select Menu > Call register > Delete recent calls . 2. S e lec t the ca ll ty pe you wa nt to c lear: All , Missed , Rece ive d , or Dialled . â Call duration Cont act your wire less service provide r or network operator for the actual calls and serv ices invoic e, which ma y vary depending on n etwork features, rounding off for billing, ta xes, and so forth. You can view the duration of your last call, all your dia lled calls, all you r rece ived calls , all your calls, and you r life timer, as well as clea r your timers. Select Menu > Call register > Call duration > Last call duration , Dialled calls' duration , R eceive d calls' duration , All calls' duration , Life time r , or C lear timers . After y ou select Clear timers , enter you r lock co de, and s elect OK . Se e " Chan ge lock code ," p . 56 . Not e: All c all duration, except the life time r, are reset to zero wit h C lear timers sele cte d. Not e: So me time rs, inclu ding the life time r, may be reset during s ervice or software upgrades.
Call reg ister 32 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved. To a ctivate the call t imer in stan dby mode w hile in a call, select Call Duration > Last Call Duration > Details > Sho w call time on dis play > On o r Off . To view the duration of dialle d or rece ived calls placed w hile in t he home netw ork or while roaming, select Details > Home or R oaming . â Data and fax call duration Data and fax calls are a network ser vice. See " Ne twork Services ," p. vii . If your wire less service prov ider or network operator supports this feature, you ca n view the size or d uration of sent or received data and fax c a lls. Note: The actual t ime invoic ed for calls and service s by your service provider may v ary, depending on network features, rounding off for billing, taxes, and so forth . In st andby mode, sele ct Men u > Call register > Data/fax calls an d one of the following opti ons: Last sent data/fax â Vi ew the size ( KB) of the last sent data or fax call. Last rece ived data/fax âÂÂVi ew the size (KB) of the last received data or fa x call. All sent data/fax âÂÂVi ew the siz e (K B) of all sent data a nd fax calls. All receive d data/fax âÂÂVie w the si ze (KB) of all re ceived data and fax calls. Duration of last data/fax call âÂÂV iew the duration time of the last data or fax call. Duration of all data/fax ca lls âÂÂVi ew the duration time of all calls. Clear all data/fax registers âÂÂSel ect OK and then e nter Security code whe n prompted. â Minibrowser duration Minibrowser is a network service. See " Network Services ," p . vi i . I f your wireless service provider or n etwork operator supports this feature, you c an view t he size or duration of sent or received data from the m inibrowser. Note: The actual time i nvoiced for calls and services by y our service provider may va ry, depending on n etwork features, rounding off for billing, ta xes, an d so forth. In standby mode, select Men u > Call register > Minibrowser calls and one of the following option s: Last s e nt br owse r data âÂÂVie w the s iz e (KB) of the las t sent browser data. Last received browser data âÂÂVie w the size (KB) of t h e l ast rece ived data.
Call reg ister 33 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved. All sent brow ser data âÂÂVi ew the si ze (KB) of all se n t browser data. All re ceived browser da ta âÂÂVie w the size (KB) of all received browser data. La st brow se r se s sio n âÂÂV iew th e duration tim e of the last browser sessi on. All browse r sess i ons âÂÂView the duration tim e of all browser se ssions. Clear all brow s er registers âÂÂS elec t OK > Ye s to c lear all browser l ogs.
Contacts 34 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved. 6. Contacts The con tacts lis t can hold up to 500 conta cts with mu ltiple numbe rs and text notes for eac h conta ct. The amount of num bers and text entries yo u can sa ve may va ry, depe ndin g on the length and t otal n umber of entries in the c ontact s list. â Add new con tacts To access t he contacts list in standby mode, press the right selec tion key, or sel ect Menu > Con tac t s > Names if the righ t selection key on you r dev ice has a netw ork operator menu. Save contact name and number 1. In standby mode, enter the phone number you want to save . 2. Select Save . 3. Ente r the n ame, a nd select OK . Save contact numbe r only 1. In standby mode, enter the phone number you want to save . 2. Select and hold Optio ns . Save an entry 1. In standby mo de, s elect Menu > Contacts > Names > Opt io ns > Add ne w . 2. En ter the na me, an d select OK . 3. Ent er the p hone n umber , and select OK > Back . Save numbers and text it ems You can sav e different types of phone numbe rs and short te xt items per n ame to the con tacts list. Th e first num ber you save for any e ntry is autom atica lly set as the default n umber, whic h you can alw ays change . 1. In standby mo de, s c roll down to display your contacts list , and highligh t the ent ry to which you want to add a phone number or text item . 2. Sele ct De tails > Opt ions > Add detail > Number ( Gene ral , Mob ile , Home , Office , o r Fax ), E-mail address , Web address , Po s t a l address , Note , Im age , or To n e . 3. Enter th e number or text for the typ e you have sel ected , and sel ect OK . 4. To ch ange a number ty pe ( Gene ral , Mo bile , Hom e , Office , or Fa x ),
Contacts 35 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved. highlight th e numbe r, and select Opt ions > Change type . Change default numbe r You ca n also cha nge w hich phone numbe r is the default (p rimary) numbe r for the contac t en try. 1. In standby mode , sc roll down to select th e con tact entry you wan t to change, and select Details . 2. Scroll to th e nu mber you w ant to set as defaul t, and selec t Op tions > Set as default . Caller g r oups You ca n add contac ts list entries to any of five caller groups, and assi gn a unique ringing tone or graphi c to that group. This enable s y ou to iden tify callers from the group by their unique ringing ton e or graphic. 1. To assign an entr y in you r c ont acts list to a caller group, scroll to you r desired contact entry, and sele ct Details > Op tions > Caller groups > Family , VIP , Frie nds , Busin e s s , Other , or No group . 2. To manage your c aller groups, in standb y mode, select Me n u > Contact s > Caller groups > F amily , VIP , Fri ends , Bu sin ess , or Ot her to display the following ca ller group options: Group na me âÂÂRenam e the gro up to yo ur prefer ence . Group ringing t one â Set the r ingi ng tone for the grou p. Group logo âÂÂTu rn the gra phic for the caller group On or Off , or Vie w the grap hic. Group mem bers âÂÂAdd or remove members from the caller group. Set up spee d dial You can associate any entry in the con tac ts li st w ith a key f ro m 2 âÂÂ9. To dial those entries, press and hold the as sign ed ke y. S ee " Speed dial ," p. 49 to activa te o r deactiv ate speed dials. Assign a key to speed dial 1. In standby mode, select Menu > Co nta ct s > Speed dials . 2. Scroll to a n (em pty ) speed dial slot, and select Ass i gn . 3. En ter th e numb er (i nclu ding th e area co de) and a n ame for the number, and select OK ; or select Search to retrieve a number from the cont acts list. I f s p e e d d i a l i s o f f , t h e d e v i c e displays a prompt and asks if you want to turn speed dial on. 4. S ele ct Ye s to a ctivate speed dial.
Contacts 36 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved. Change speed dial numbers 1. In standby mode, s elect Menu > Con ta ct s > Spe ed dials . 2. Scroll to the speed dial entry you want to change, and select Option s > Ch an ge . 3. Enter the n ew num ber and a na me for the entry, and sel ect OK ; or sel ec t Sea rch to retrieve a nu mber from the cont acts list. Delete speed dial numbers 1. In standby mode, s elect Menu > Con ta ct s > Spe ed dials . 2. Scroll to the speed dial entry you want t o delete, and select Opti ons > Delete > Ye s . â V oice tags You ca n dial up to 25 stored num bers using v oice dialling. Befo r e using voice tags, n ote the following: ⢠Voice tags are not language- dependent. They depen d on the spea kerâÂÂs vo ice. ⢠You must say th e nam e exact ly a s you said it wh en you reco rded it. ⢠Voice tags are sensitive to background noise. Record voice tags, and use them in a quiet envir onm ent. ⢠Very shor t nam es are no t ac cepted . Use long n ames and avoid similar name s for different numbers. Note: Using voice tags ma y be difficult in a nois y env ironm ent or du ri ng a n emer ge ncy, s o you sho ul d not rely on v oice dialling in all ci rcum sta n ces. Assign a voice tag to an entry Before you c an use voice diallin g, you must first a ssign a voice ta g to the numbe r. 1. In s tandby m ode, s croll to the entry in your c ontact s list to which you want to assi gn a voic e tag. 2. Sele ct De tails > Opt ions > Add voi ce t ag > Start . 3. Sp eak clearly in to the microp hone. Do not select Quit unle ss you want to cancel t he re cordin g. Th e de vice automa tically stops recordin g, and saves and replay s the v oice tag. appears nex t to commands that have voice ta gs a ssigned . Dial a n um ber 1. In standby mode, press and hold the r ight select ion key wi th th e fol d open, or press an d hold the voice key regardless of the fold bein g open or closed.
Contacts 37 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved. 2. Wh en you hea r seve ral bee ps and Speak now appe ars, release the ke y. 3. Pronou nce the voice tag clea rly into the m icrophone. When the d evic e find s the voic e tag, Found : appears, and th e device automa tically dials the nu mber. If the device does not locate a number or recogni se the voice tag, No matc h found appe ars. Voi ce t ags 1. Af ter you h ave associ ate d a v oice tag to a contac t, select Men u > Contact s > V oi ce tags and your desired voice tag entry. 2. S ele ct P layback , Change , or Delete . â Edit contacts list entries 1. In standby mode, scroll to the entry you want to e dit in yo ur contacts list. 2. S ele ct D etails > Opti ons . 3. Select one of the following option s, which may vary depend ing on whether you are editing a contact listed by phone num ber or contact name: Vie w âÂÂV iew th e phon e nu mber o f the cont act. A d d detail â Add more details to the contac t: Name (only avai lable w i th no name a dded), Number ( Ge neral , Mobile , Home , Office , o r Fa x ), E-mail address , Web address , P ostal address , Note , Imag e (only available wi th no image added), or Tone . Edit num ber , Add d etail , or Ch ange image âÂÂEd it an exi sti n g co nta ct, phone num ber, de tails, or image attache d to the con tact. Delete â Delete more de tails ( De let e number , Delete det ail , or Delete image ) or the en tire conta ct ent ry ( Delete c ontact ) of th e contact. Send message âÂÂCr eat e and sen d th e con tact a text mes sage o r multime dia mess age. Use n umbe r âÂÂUse or save the number (av ailable when you select a contac t listed with a contact name). Sele ct Opt ions to us e th e number. Set as default âÂÂCha nge the default number of the con tact. Change type âÂÂCha nge t he num ber type to Gene ral , Mobile , Home , Office , or Fax . Ad d v o i c e t a g or Vo i c e t a g âÂÂAdd a voice ta g to the conta ct with no voice tag assigned, o r select Playback , Change , or Delet e wi th a voice tag assigned.
Contacts 38 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved. Send b us . card âÂÂSend th e co ntac t a s a b u s i n e s s c a r d t o a n o t h e r device. Caller groups âÂÂAdd the cont act to an existing caller group. Speed dial â Add the contac t to your speed dial list. 4. Edit the option to your prefe ren ce, an d se lec t OK . â Delete contacts entries To delete all en tries in yo ur contacts list, in stan dby mode, select Menu > Contact s > De lete all cont acts . â Access the contacts menu 1. In standby mode, s elect Menu > Con ta ct s and one of the following options: Names âÂÂVie w the entri es i n yo ur cont ac ts li st, and sel ect Details or Option s > Search , Add new , or Delete contact for your selecte d entr y. Settings âÂÂChan ge th e con tacts lis t view or ch ec k the memo ry statu s of your devic e. Caller groups âÂÂV iew and edit the properties of any of the caller groups, including Family , VI P , Friends , Busi ness , or O ther . V oice tags âÂÂListen to, modify, or dele te a voice tag to a conta ct in the conta cts lis t. Speed dials âÂÂView or modify the list of speed dial numbers. Dele te all contacts âÂÂDe lete a ll ent ries in your conta cts list. 2. Sele ct an option to activa te the feature or access its su bmenu. Search for a n a me 1. In standby mo de, s croll down to display the conte nts of your conta cts list. 2. Pres s the key c orrespondin g to the first lette r of the name for which you are se arching. 3. Scroll to s elect a conta ct, and sele ct Details to vie w th e de tails . Configure set t ings You can se lect how the conta cts appear in your contacts lis t and view the amoun t of memory used or availab le in your de vice. In standby mode, select Men u > Contact s > Settings > Scrolling v iew to change view of name list or Memory status t o vi ew the de vice m emory us ed and remainin g.
Contacts 39 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved. â Send and receive contac ts Yo u can sen d and rec eive an e ntry in you r co nta cts li st us ing text messaging, if supported by your wireless service provider or network operator. Send a business ca rd You can se nd a b usi nes s car d as a te xt mess age to a compatible phon e or other h andhe ld device . 1. H ighlight your desired entry from your conta cts list, an d select Details > Op tions > Send bus. card > Vi a multim edia or Via t ext message . De fault n umber and All details options appear only if you have more than one number or deta il saved to the cont act en try. 2. Ente r the numb er for your recipient, or se lect Search to retrieve a number from your conta cts list. 3. S ele ct OK and the bu siness card is sent .
Gallery 40 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved. 7. Gallery You ca n save pictures, vide o clips, recordin gs, and ringing tone s to fold ers in the G allery an d ad d new fo lder s a s well. You can download images and tones using MMS, SMS, mobile Intern et sites, or Nokia PC S uite. Note: Only compat ible devices offering c ompatible multim edia mes sage features can r ecei ve an d di splay multim edia mes sages. Your device supports a digital right s manag ement syste m to protect co ntent you h ave ac quired. Conte nt such as a ringing tone, ca n be protected and associated with certain usage rules, for example, the number of usage times or a certain usage period. Usage rules are defined in th e co ntent activ ation key th at can be deli vere d wi th the con tent or de liver ed separately, depending on your w ireless service provider or network operator. You ma y be able to update the act ivation k ey . Alwa ys check th e delive ry terms of any co nten t and activation key before acquiring them, as they may b e su bjec t to a f ee. Copyright protection may prevent some images, ringing tones, and other conte nt from being copied, modified, transferred, or diverted. Your device has about 12 MB of memory for storing files in the Gall ery . This memory is not share d with other function s, such as conta cts. If the device displa ys a mes sage that the memory is full, delete some existin g files before proceeding. â Folders 1. In standby mo de, s elect Menu > Galle ry > Images , Video clips , Graphic s , Tones , Re co rdin gs , T hem es , o r a us er-created folde r. 2. Sele ct Open to vie w a li s t of the files in the folder or Opt ion s to ac cess the followi ng: Delete folder âÂÂDel et e a fold er you ha ve crea ted. You cann ot del ete a prese t fold er. Move âÂÂMove th e sel ected f old er into anoth er folder. After selectin g Move , scroll to anothe r folder, and sele ct Move t o . You c annot move a prese t fold er. Rename folder âÂÂRen ame a folder you ha ve create d. You cannot re nam e a pr eset fol der. Deta ils âÂÂSh ow t he n ame, size, and date of creation of the selected folder. Type of v iew âÂÂSelec t List w ith details , Lis t , or Grid to determine how to dis play th e folders and files with in them.
Ga llery 41 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved. Sort âÂÂSort the conten ts of the selected folder by name, date , format, or size. Add folde r âÂÂCreate a n ew folde r. Memory stat us âÂÂC heck th e available memory for the device handse t. A cti vatio n key lis t âÂÂView the list of availabl e activati on keys. Y ou can delete activation keys if desired.
Media 42 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved. 8. Media â Media playe r With the media pla yer you can download, view, and play compatible images, audio and video files, and anima ted images from a variety of sourc es. The media player enables you to play streaming videos and streaming audio from a network s erver. Streaming function ality is a netw ork service and requires netw ork support. Check the availabilit y of these servic es, pricing, and tariffs with your n etwork operator or the service provider whose service you wa nt to use. Service prov iders will also give you instructions on how to use th eir serv ices. In standby mode , select Men u > Media > Me dia player and one of the following: Ope n Galle ry âÂÂOpen t he Gal lery . F ro m Gallery , you can play store d audio and video files. See " Gallery ," p . 40 . Go to address âÂÂE nter the a ddres s o f a mobile Intern et se rvice, a nd se lect OK . â Radio Your phone has an FM radio that also functions as an alarm clock radio. To listen to the FM radio on you r phone, co nnect a co mp atible m usic st and or ste reo h eads et to the conn ecto r on the bottom of the phone. The FM radio use s the wire of the hea dset as an antenn a. A compatible he adset nee ds to be atta ched to th e devi ce fo r th e FM radio to function prope rly. The quality of a radio broadcast depends on coverage of the radio station in that particular area. Warning : Listen to m usic at a moderate level. Continu ous exposure to high volum e may damage your hearing. Do not hold the device near your e ar when the loudspeak er is in use, be cause the v olume may be ex tre mel y loud. Turn the radio on and off 1. Con nect the phone to a comp atible headset or music stand. 2. In standby mo de, s elect Menu > Media > Radio . T he c hanne l loca tion numbe r, the nam e of the radio cha nnel (if you have saved the channe l), an d the frequen cy of the radio channel are displayed. To use the gr aphical ke ys , , , or on the display, sc roll left or right to the desired key, and selec t it.
Media 43 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved. 3. I f yo u hav e al ready sa ved r adio chan nels, select or to s croll to the chan nel you w ould like to listen t o. To select a ra dio channel loca tion, briefly press t he corresponding nu mber keys . 4. To turn off the radio, pre ss and hold th e end ke y, or selec t Opti ons > Switch off . Optio ns With th e radio on, select Options an d one of the follow ing: Switc h off âÂÂTurn off the radio. Save chann el âÂÂSave the curre nt station to one of 20 locations (only available wit h a new st ati on ente red) . Channels âÂÂScroll u p or do wn t o selec t a ch annel from 20 loc ations. With a n exi sting channel h ighlighted, se lect Opt io n s > Dele te chan nel or Re nam e to delete or re name the save d channe l. Mo no o utp ut or Stereo output âÂÂLis ten to the radio in monaural mode (d efau lt) o r in s te reo. Ste reo o utp ut is available t hrough a st ereo enha ncemen t. Louds peaker or Headset âÂÂListe n to the radio th rough the sp eakerph one or thr oug h the head set. Set frequen cy âÂÂMa nua lly enter th e frequency of a known radio station. To set the radio frequency , press * a nd use the keyp ad to en ter the fre quency of a known radio station. To adjust th e radio volume , press the volume up and down keys. When a n application using a browser conne ction is sen ding or receiving data, it may interfere with th e radio. Whe n you place or receiv e a call, the radio autom atically mutes. Wh en the call ends, t he radio switches bac k on. Tune and sa ve a radio channel You ca n save a preset station to a ny one of 20 loca tions in memory . 1. With the radio on , select or to change the radio frequency in 0.1 MHz steps , or select and hold or to start th e ch annel search. Se arc hing stops when a chan nel is foun d. 2. To sav e the ch annel, sele ct Opt io ns > Save channel . 3. Enter a n ame for the ch an nel, an d sel ect OK . â V o ice recorder This feature enables you to re cord pieces of speech or sound with your devic e and listen to the m later. The to tal ava ila bl e ti me is 3 mi nute s w i t h no mem os stored. The maximu m length of a recording depends on how much memory re mains ava ilable.
Media 44 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved. In standby mode , select Men u > Media > Recorder > Reco rd to start the recordin g or Re cordings list to mana ge the folde r you have de fined for recordin g storage. Record speech or s ound 1. In standby mode, s elect Menu > Media > Recor der > Reco rd . 2. After you he ar the re corder start tone, begin recording speec h or sou nd . 3. When y ou finish rec ording, select Stop a nd yo ur reco rding is save d to the Recordi ngs folder in the Gallery . Options After yo u have sa ved the recordi ng to the Recordings folde r, high light the recordin g, and select Ope n to listen to the recording u sing the earpiece; or sel ect Opt ions and one of the following. Delete â Erase the recording. Rename â Cha nge the name of th e recordin g. Set as ring tone âÂÂUse your recording as a ringtone (a carrier-depe ndent feature). Details â Show the nam e, size, and da te of creation of th e recording. Ty pe of view âÂÂSel ect Li st w ith d eta il s , List , or Gr id to det ermine how to display th e recording Sort âÂÂSort the conten ts of the recording by name , date, format, or size . â Media equaliser The e qualis er enh anc es the sound quality whe n using th e music player by amplify ing or attenuatin g frequenc y bands. Y ou can acc ess five preset equalis er settings ( Normal , Po p , Rock , Jaz z , a nd Classical ) and two custo misable sett ings. Activa te an equ aliser se t In standby mode, select Menu > Media > E qualiser , scroll to the de sired setting, and select A c tiva te . Create a custom equaliser set 1. In standby mo de, s elect Menu > Media > Equaliser . 2. Scroll to Se t 1 or Set 2 , a nd s ele ct Opt io n s > Edit . T he sel ec ted set app ea rs in the display with the bar on the far left highligh ted. The bars adjust frequenc ies, from the lowest
Media 45 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved. (the left most bar) to the high est (the rightmost bar). The higher the indicator on a particular bar, the more that fre quency is amplified. 3. To a djust the lowe st frequency, scroll up and down on th e bar. 4. To adjus t other frequencies, scroll left or right to the othe r bars. 5. Repeat s t ep s 3 and 4 to adjust t he setting for each frequenc y; then sel ect Sav e . 6. To ren ame the setting, select Opt ions > Ren am e , ente r a new name, and s elect OK . 7. To a ctivate th e sett ing, sel ect Ac t i v a t e .
Settings 46 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved. 9. Settings Use this menu to change profiles, them es, main display settings, mini display s ettings, ton e settings, time and date settings, ca ll settings , phone settings , voice comm ands, enha ncem ent se ttings, security settings , application sett ings, network settings, network services , and restore fact ory se tting s. â Profiles Profiles define how your de vice reacts whe n you receive a call or me ssage and ho w your keypa d so und s when you pres s a ke y. Yo u c an lea ve r ing in g options, keypad tones, and other settings for each of the av ailable profiles at their default setting, or persona lise them to suit yo ur needs. Profiles are also available for enhanc em ents such as the hea dset and car k it. See " Enhanc emen t settin gs ," p. 54 . To activate a profile, in standby mode, sel ect Menu > S ettings > Pro files > Ge ner al , Silen t , Meeting , Outd oor , or P ager > Act i va te . Personalise a profile You can personalise any of the profiles in various w ays. 1. In standby mo de, s elect Menu > Setti ngs > Profiles . 2. Sele ct the profile you want to personalise. 3. Sele ct Pe rsonalise and the op tion you w ant to personalise. Set a timed profile You ca n use timed profile s to prev ent missed calls. F or example, suppose you attend an event requ iring your device set to Silent be fore the event starts, but you forge t to return it to Gene ral until long af ter the event. A time d profile can pre vent missed calls by returnin g your devic e to the default profile at a time you specify. You can set timed profiles up to 24 ho urs in advance. 1. In standby mo de, s elect Menu > Setti ngs > Profiles . 2. Sele ct the profile you want to activa te and Time d for timed exp iration. 3. Enter the time in h h:mm form at for the profile to expire, and select OK .
Settings 47 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved. â T one settings You ca n adjust th e ringin g volume, keypad t ones, and more for t he act ive profile. See " Personalise a profile ," p. 46 for more in formation on profile setti ngs. Select Menu > Settings > Tones and one of the follow ing: Inco ming call a lert âÂÂSel ect how the devic e no tifies you of an incomi ng call. Video ringing ton e âÂÂSel ect On or Off to indicate whether t o replace th e defau lt audio ringing ton e with the selected video. Ring ing tone â Select th e ringing tone for incomin g calls. Ring ing volume âÂÂSet the vo lume of your ringin g tone. Light indic ator âÂÂT urn the ligh t indicator on or off w ith On or Off . Vibratin g alert âÂÂTurn the vibrating alert On or Off . Message alert tone âÂÂSe lec t the tone fo r rece ived mess ages. Keypad tones âÂÂSet th e volu me of y our keypad t ones (or turn them off). Warning tones â Turn warning and confirm ation tones On or Off . Alert for â Define whic h caller groups the selected profile will accept or decline. See " Caller grou ps ," p . 35 . â Th emes A th eme co nta ins m any el emen ts for personalizing y our phone, such as wallpa per, screen save r, colour scheme, and a ringing tone. To choose the theme of your display, in standby mo de, select Menu > Settin gs > Them es > Se lect theme and then se lect the desi red them e. â Main display settings Wallpaper You ca n set your dev ice to disp lay a background pi cture (wallpaper). 1. In standby mode, select Menu > Settings > Main display > Wallpaper > Select wallpaper > Images , Video clips , Gra ph ics , o r a user-created folde r > Op en . 2. Brows e your selecte d folder contai ning the graphic s or image of your desired wallpaper. 3. Whe n yo u arrive at th e imag e of your c hoice, select Optio ns > Set as wallpaper . 4. To a ctivate or deac tivate wallpape r, in standb y mode, select Menu > Settings > Main display > Wallpaper > On or Off .
Settings 48 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved. Screen saver In st andby mode, sele ct Men u > Setting s > Main display > Scr een sa ver > On , Off , Screen s avers ( Image , Slide set , or Video clip ), o r Tim e-o ut . Power save r You can turn the power save r on and off. In standby mode, s e lect Menu > Setting s > Main disp lay > Po w e r s a v e r > On or Off . Colour schemes You ca n change th e c olour of some disp lay com pone nts in you r dev ice, such a s indicat ors and sign al bars. In st andby mode, sele ct Men u > Setting s > Main disp lay > Col ou r scheme s an d the colour scheme of yo ur choice. Choose a banner Banner is a carrier-de pendent feature. If your wire less service prov ider or network operator supports this feature, yo u can ch oose w hether th e dis play shows the operator logo when the phone is in the idle state. In st andby mode, sele ct Men u > Setting s > Main disp lay > Ban n er > Default or Pe rsonali se . Backlight tim e-out You ca n choose how long to set th e backlights on. In standby mode, s elect Menu > Settings > Main display > Back light time -out > 15 secon ds or P ersonalise (to en ter t he time- out rangin g from 1 5 seco nds to 5 minut es). â Mini display se tti ngs Power saver You can turn the power saver on and off . I n st and by m od e, se lec t Menu > Settings > M ini display > Pow e r s a v e r > On or Off . â Time and date settings Clock In standby mode, select Men u > Settings > Time and date > Clock > Show clock or Hide cloc k , S et th e time , Time zone or Time format . Date In standby mode, select Men u > Settings > Time and date > Date > Show date or Hid e da te , Set the dat e , Date format , or Date separator .
Settings 49 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved. Dat e an d tim e au to-up date Auto-updat e is a ne twork service. See " Network Se rvices ," p. vii . If your wireless service provider or network operator supports this feature , you can allow the digital netw ork to set th e clock , whic h is use ful whe n you a re out of your home area, for inst ance whe n you have trave led to a nothe r network or time zon e. In standby mode, select Me n u > Settin gs > Time and date > Auto- update of date & tim e > On , Con firm first , or Of f . If you use t he Au to-update of date & time option while outside your digital network, you m ay be prompte d to enter the t ime m anually . Network t ime will re place the time and date when you reent er your digital ne twork. If your battery has been removed or has d ischa rged outsi de the digit al network, you m ay be prompte d to ente r the time ma nually (w hen the battery is replaced or recharged, and you a re still outside of the digita l ne two rk) . â Call settings Anykey answer An ykey a nsw er ena bles yo u to answ er an in coming call. Briefly p ress a ny key exce pt th e r ig ht s elec tio n ke y or end key. In standby mode, sele c t Menu > Settin gs > Call > Anykey answer > On or Off . Au toma tic re dial Occa sionally , your network may experience heavy traffic, result ing in a fast busy signal when you dial. With au tomatic redia l activa ted, you r device redials the nu mber (number of times is specified by the netwo rk), and notifies you when the n etwork is avail able. In standby mode, sele c t Menu > Settin gs > Call > Automatic redial > On or Off . Speed dial You ca n acti vate or deactiv ate sp eed dial. In standby mode, s e lect Menu > Settin gs > Call > Speed dialling > On or Off . Se e " Set up speed dial ," p. 35 .
Settings 50 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved. Open fol d to answer By default, your phone answers an incomin g call wh en you open the fold. You ca n change th e defa ult setting to hav e your phone not a nswer ca lls wit h the fold open. In st andby mode, sele ct Men u > Setting s > Call > Answer when fold is opened > On or Off . Calling card If you us e a calling card for long distanc e calls, yo u can save the calling card nu mbers in your de vice. Your devic e can store up to four callin g cards. Con tact your ca lling card company for more information. Save i nformation 1. In standby mode, s elect Menu > Settings > Cal l > Callin g card . 2. Enter your security code, an d select OK . Se e " Change lock code ," p. 56 . 3. Scroll to one of the four card memory loc ations, and select Option s > Edit > Dialling s equence and one of the following sequence types: A c cess no. phone no . card no. â Dial the a cces s number , th e pho ne number, then the c ard nu mber (an d the PIN, if required). A c cess no. card n o. phone no. â Dial the ac cess num ber, the ca rd number (and the PIN, if required), th en t he ph one nu m be r. Prefix phon e no. card no. âÂÂDial the p refi x (number s that mu st prec ede the pho ne nu mber) and phone number you want to dial, then th e car d number (and t he PI N, if required). 4. Enter th e required information (access numbe r or prefix and card numbe r), and select OK to confirm you r en tr ies . 5. Sele ct Card name , ent er th e card na me, and select OK . Make ca lls After you hav e saved your ca lling card informa tion in your dev ice, you ca n make a ca ll using you r calling card. 1. In standby mo de, s elect Menu > Setti ngs > Call > Calling c ard . 2. En ter your lo ck code , and sele ct OK . See " Change lock code ," p. 56 . 3. Sele ct your desire d calling card. 4. Pres s the end ke y to return to standb y mode; the n enter the phone number, including any prefix (such as 0 or 1) that your c alling card ma y require whe n you make a calling ca rd call. See you r calling card for inst ructions 5. Press and ho ld th e call key for a f ew secon ds until Card c all appears. 6. W hen you hear th e tone or sy stem message, s elect OK .
Settings 51 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved. Internati onal prefix You ca n store an inte rnational diallin g prefix into your device. In standby mode, select Menu > Se ttings > Call > Inte rnational prefix . In standby mode, when y ou enter (press * twice) at the beginning of a phone number, y our devic e aut oma ti call y in s ert s the i nte rn ation al diallin g prefix that you ha ve stored afte r you pre ss th e call key. See " Inser t dialling code s ," p. 28 . Data or fax calls Dat a and fax calling is a network servi ce. See " Network Services ," p. vii . If y our w ireless serv ice pro vider or network operator supports this featu re, you ca n set up the dev ice to send or rece ive data an d fax ca lls with a terminal, such as a PDA or PC, conne ct ed. For better performanc e during data calls, place t he device on a stationary sur face . Do n ot mo ve the devi ce by holding it in y our hand du ring a data call. For more in formation on conn ectivit y, refer to the PC/PDA Connectivit y Guide which can be downloaded from the Nok ia website at http://w w w.nokia-asi a.com. 1. In standby mode, select Menu > Settings > Call > Data/fax calls > Incoming data/fax ca ll and o ne of the following option s: Normal âÂÂThe device receive s incoming ca lls as usu al. Data calls only âÂÂThe devi ce r ece ive s only data calls . F ax calls only â The dev ice rece iv es only fax ca lls. 2. Whe n fini shed with re ceiving th e Data or Fax call, the phone w ill return to Normal mod e . Data tr ansf er You can view t he tra nsmis sion spee d when sending or receiving data and fax calls. In standby mode, sele c t Menu > Settin gs > Call > Data/fax calls > Data rate display > G raphic or Off . Call summa ry Yo ur device can dis play the time spe nt on a call whe n you han g up. In standby mode, select Menu > Se ttings > Call > Call summ ary > On or Off . Ringing tone for n o caller ID You can s elect a different ringing ton e for calls receiv ed with n o caller ID. In standby mode, sele c t Menu > Settin gs > Call > Ringing t one fo r n o caller ID > On or Off .
Settings 52 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved. â Phone settings Phone language The phon e language affects time and date formats of the clock, clock, and calend ar. Memor y status You ca n view the size of memory available on your device. I n standby mode, selec t Menu > Settings > Phone > Memory stat us . You ca n view the size of memory available for application in stallatio ns. In standby m ode, select Menu > Extras > Memory . Automatic keyguard You can set th e keyp ad of yo ur d evice to lock autom atically a fter a preset time de lay. 1. In standby mode, s elect Menu > Settings > Phone > Automatic keyguard > On or Off . 2. If you select On , Set delay : is displayed. 3. Enter the de lay time (i n mm:ss format), and select OK . Whe n keygua rd is on, it ma y be possible to dial the emergenc y number programmed into your devic e. DTM F to ne s DTMF tones are the to nes that soun d when you pres s the keys on yo ur device keypad. You can use DTM F tone s for many a utomated dial-up s ervices such as banking and airlines or for entering your voice mailbox num ber and password. DTMF tone s are sent durin g an active call. You can send them man ually from yo ur devic e keypa d, or sen d them autom atically by savi ng them in y our device . Set type In standby mode, select Men u > Settings > Phon e > D TMF tone s > Manual DT MF tones a n d one of the following option s: Contin uous âÂÂUs ed to set the to ne sound for as long as you pre ss and hold a ke y. Fi xed âÂÂU sed to send tones of the duration you specify in th e D TMF tone length opt ion. Off â Used to turn off tones. No tones are sent w hen yo u pres s a ke y. Set length You can spe cify DTM F tone length for the Fixed opt ion. In sta ndby mo de, sel ect Menu > Settin gs > Phone > DTMF t ones > DTMF t one length > Short (0.1 secon ds) or Long (0. 5 secon ds) .
Settings 53 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved. Start- up tone Yo u can select to ha ve a start-up to ne when you first turn on you r device. In standby mode , select Menu > Settin gs > Phone > S tart-up tone > On or Off . Help text a ctiva tion Your device displays brief descriptions for most m enu items. Wh en you arrive at a feature or menu, pause for about 14 s eco nds and wai t f or th e he lp text to disp lay. If ne cess ary, us e the s croll key to page throu gh the full he lp text. The default s etting for help text is On . Howe ver, yo u can t urn help text on or off. In standby mode, select Menu > Settin gs > Phone > Help tex t activat ion > On or Of f . â V oice commands Before us ing voice tags, note the followin g: ⢠Voice tags are not language- dependent , but depend on the sp eake râÂÂs vo ic e. ⢠You mu st s ay th e na me ex act ly a s you said it w hen you recorde d it. ⢠Voice tags are sensitive to back ground no ise . Record vo ice tags, and use them in a quiet envi ron men t. ⢠Very short na mes are not acce pted . Use long na mes, and avoid similar names for different num bers. Not e: Using voice tags may be difficult in a noisy environme nt or during an emerg ency, so you should not rely on voice dialling in all circ u mst anc es. Ha nds -fr ee o p erat ion Yo u can set as many as 16 voi ce comman ds to enable hands -free operation of ce rtain feature s in your device. Assign a voice tag to a com mand Before using v oice comm ands, you mus t first add a vo ice tag to th e dev ice function . 1. In standby mode, select Menu > Settings > Vo i c e c o m m a n d s . 2. Select the device function you want to tag: Profiles , Vo i c e mailbox , Radio , Voice recorder , or Call register . 3. If nece ssar y, se lect a n option assoc iated with that fu nction. 4. Se lect Start , an d spea k the voice tag clearl y into the mic rophone. Do not select Quit unless you w ant to canc el the recording. The d evice repl ays an d sa ves th e recorded tag. appears next to comm ands wi th v oice ta gs as sig ned .
Settings 54 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved. Act ivate a voic e comman d After you have associate d a vo ice tag with a func tion in your de vice, to issue a com ma nd, spe ak the voic e tag. 1. In standby mode, pre ss and hold the right s election key or voice ke y. 2. With Spe ak no w displayed, pronounce t he v oice tag clearly into the mic rophone. With the voice ta g found, the de vice displays Foun d: , and plays the recogni sed voice ta g through the earpiece. The function you request ed is activated. Options After you have associate d a vo ice tag to a command, you can select one of the following option s: Playback âÂÂListen to the voice comma nd tag. Change âÂÂChan ge th e voic e comman d. Delete âÂÂErase t he v oic e command t ag. â Enhancement settings The e nhanc emen t settin gs menu is shown only if the device has been co nnected to a compatib le enhancem ent. In s tandby mode, select Menu > Settings > Enha nce-ment s > Headset , H andsfree , Loopset , Te x t phone , Music stand , or Charger . Headse t Import ant : The headset may affect your ability to hear sounds around y ou. Do no t use the head set in situatio ns tha t may endange r your safety . Select the option of you r choice to ente r the s ubm en u and modi fy i ts set tings. Default profile âÂÂChoose the profile you want a utomat ically act ivated with a headse t connecte d. Automatic a nswer âÂÂAn swer c alls autom atically afte r one ring wit h a headse t connecte d. Select On or Of f . Note: Au tomatic answe r will only be active whilst Ge nera l profile is active . Hands-free opera tion Select the option of you r choice to ente r the s ubm en u and modi fy i ts set tings. Default profile âÂÂChoose the profile you want a utomat ically act ivated with you r device connect ed to a car kit. Automatic a nswer âÂÂAn swer c alls autom atically after one ring with a car kit c onne cted. S elect On or Off . Note: Au tomatic answe r will only be active whilst Ge nera l profile is active . Lights âÂÂC hoose to k eep the dev ice lights always on, or to shut off autom atically after seve ral secon ds. Select On or Automatic .
Settings 55 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved. Loopset The LPS- 4 loopset is recommended for use with your devic e. Se lect the option of your choi ce to enter the subme nu and modify its settings. Defau lt profile âÂÂC hoose the profile you want to be automati cally acti vated whe n you r device is conne cted to a loopset. Automat ic answer âÂÂAnswer ca lls au tomatical ly after on e ring when a loopset is co nnected. Select On or Off . Note: Automat ic answer will only be active whilst Ge neral profile is active. Ch arge r Select th e option of your choice to enter the submenu and m odify its setti ngs. Defau lt profile âÂÂC hoose the profile you want a utoma tically ac tivated w ith your de vice connec ted to t he charg er. Lights âÂÂCho ose to keep th e de vice lights al ways on, or to shut off au tomatically a fter several s econds. Select On or A utoma tic . â Security settings Whe n first accessing the sec urity sett ings, enter th e preset lock code. The default s etting for lock c ode is 12345 . Depending on your wireles s service provider or network operator, the preset lock code can be a fou r digit numbe r such as 1234 or 0000 . If none of th ese w ork, cont ac t your wire less service provider or network operator for help. Phone lock The phone loc k feature protects your device from u nauthorised outgoing calls or unau thorised access to information s tored in the dev ice. With phone lock activa ted, Phone locked a ppears e ach time yo u turn y our device on or off. With th e device locked, ca lls may s till be possible to the official emergenc y number programme d into your device. 1. In standby mode, select Menu > Settings > Security . 2. Enter t he lock code, and select OK . See " Change lock co de ," p . 56 . 3. Se lect Phone lock and one of the following options: Off âÂÂImme dia tely tur ns off the device lock feature . Lock n ow âÂÂImmed iately t urns on the dev ice lock fe ature.
Settings 56 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved. On power-u p âÂÂTurns on the dev ice lo ck featu re t he next t ime y ou turn the d evice on. Wit h Lock now sele cted , you must enter your loc k code before the device can funct ion norm ally. With th e lock code accepted, your device functions norma lly. Call not allowed appears if you at tempt to place a call wit h your de vice loc ked. To answer a call with phone lock on, sel ect Answer , or press the call key. Allow numbers With phon e lock on, the only outgoing calls yo u ca n make a re to th e emergen cy number programmed into your dev ice (for e xample , 111 or 00 0 or 911) or the numbe r stored in th e Allowed number wh en lo ck active location: 1. In standby mode, s elect Menu > Settings > Security . 2. Enter the lock code, an d select OK . See " Change lock code ," p. 56 . 3. Select Allowed number when lock active . With an empt y folder selecte d, select Assi g n , a nd e nt er th e pho ne number; or sel ect A ssign > Se arch to recall the numbe r from your conta cts list. Select OK . To call the allow ed phone numbe r, in standby mod e, scroll d own to highlight the n umber you w ant to call, or ente r it on the keypad , and then pres s the ca ll k ey to pl ace the c all. Change lock code The preset lock code, by default, is the last four digits of your phone numbe r. Depending on y our wirele ss service provider or netwo rk operator, the preset lock code can be a four digit numbe r such as 1234 or 00 00. If none of these w ork, conta ct your w ireless service provide r or n etwork operator for help. To e nsure the secu rit y o f yo ur de vice, you may w ant to cha nge th e pre set lock co de to your ow n selecte d four digit number. Avoid using codes similar to eme rgency nu mbers such as 11 1 or 000 or 911 to prevent acc idental dialling of th e emergency nu mber. If you enter an inc orrect lock code five times in a row , your devic e may as k you for the secu rity code. By default, the security code is 123 45, a five digit numbe r. Note: With th e wr ong lock code entered five tim es in success ion, your phone will no t accept yo ur correc t lock code for 5 m inut es, even if y ou power off the device between inco rrect en tries. 1. In standby mo de, s elect Menu > Setti ngs > Secu rity . 2. Enter the lock code, and select OK . 3. Sele ct Chan ge lock code . 4. En ter the ne w lock code (m ust be 4 characters in length ).
Settings 57 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved. 5. R eenter the new lock code for verificatio n, and s elect OK . Whe n ch anging you r lock c ode, make sure yo u stor e it i n a safe pl ace, away from your devic e. Avoid entering acce ss codes similar to e mergen cy num bers to p re vent acc ident al emerg ency call s. Call restrictions Select c all restri ctions to block or allow numbers for incomi ng and outgoing calls. With any nu mbers ente red as allowe d numbers, all those ent ered as blocked num bers are ignored. With a number block ed, the phone blocks any call fro m it, an d send the caller t o t he voice mail. 1. In standby mode, select Menu > Settings > Security . 2. Ente r the lock code, and select OK . See " Change lock code ," p . 56 . 3. Se lec t C all restriction s . 4. Sel ect the types of calls you want to restrict: Restrict outgoing calls âÂÂSe t restrictions on ma king calls . Restrict incom ing cal ls âÂÂSet restrictions on re ceiving call s. 5. Select whether to block or allow numbers : Blocked numbers âÂÂS et t he num bers the phone can only block, allowing all the rest. Allowed numb ers âÂÂSet the numb ers the phone ca n only call or receive, blocking all the rest. 6. Select one of these options: Select , A d d res triction (una vailable with memory fu ll), Edi t (un available with no num ber added), or Delete (unava ilable w ith n o number added). Not e: With res tricted calls, you ma y still call the officia l emer gen cy num ber programme d into your device. Voice privacy Voice privacy is a ne two rk service. See " Network Services ," p. vi i . If your wireless se rvice provider or network oper ator supp orts th is feat ure, th e voic e p r i vac y featur e protec ts the privacy of your current phon e conve rsation from other callers placing phone calls on your same netw ork. 1. In standby mode, select Menu > Settings > Security . 2. Enter t he lock code, and select OK . See " Change lock co de ," p . 56 . 3. Se lect V o ice privacy > On or Off .
Settings 58 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved. â Application settings 1. In standby mode, s elect Menu > Settings > Applicatio n settings . 2. Scroll to one of the followin g submenus to activate option s for preset or downloaded games or application s. Application sounds âÂÂS ele ct On or Off . Application lights âÂÂSel ect Ap p. defined or De fault . Application v ibration âÂÂSele ct On or Off . â Network The me nu options you s ee in your device depend on your service providerâÂÂs network. The ne twork determ ines which option s actua lly appear in the device menu . Check with your servic e provider for more inform ation. The Network menu ena bles you to personalise the way your device chooses a network in which to ope rate while you a re within or outs ide of your primary or hom e system. Your device is set t o search f or the m ost co st- eff ect ive n etwo rk. I f your devi ce cannot find a preferred net work, it select s a network automati cally based on the opti on you choose in the Netw ork menu. Roaming options You can se t your dev ice to roam or search for anothe r net work when yo u are no t in your ho me area . 1. In standby mo de, s elect Menu > Setti ngs > Network > Roaming options and one of the following options: Home o nl y âÂÂY ou can ma ke a nd rece ive calls in your home area only. Automat ic âÂÂThe dev ice au tomatically s earches for se rvice in another digital network. With no se rvice foun d, the device uses analogue service . The roaming rate applies when n ot in the home servi ce area. 2. Sele ct OK , if necessary, to confirm the activa tion. Mode You ca n choo se wheth er yo ur device uses digital or analogue service. In standby mode, select Men u > Settings > Network > Mode and one of the following s ervice options: Digital preferred â The dev ice work s in digital mod e but will also work in analogue mode wit h digital mode unava ilable. Digital only â The device only works in digital mode. Analogue on ly âÂÂThe device only works in analogue mode.
Settings 59 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved. â Network services The following fe atures are network servi ces. See " Network Servic es ," p. vii . Store a feature code 1. In standby mode, select Menu > Settings > Network services > Ne twor k fea ture se tti ng . 2. Ente r the feature code from you r service provider (for example, *633), a nd select OK . 3. Select t he type of service that matc hes the feat ure c ode you entered (for example, Call dive rt ). Th e act ivate d fea ture code is no w stored in your device, and you are returned to the F eature code: field. Contin ue entering oth er feature codes (for example, *633), or press the en d key to return to s tandby mode. When you enter a network feat u re code su ccessf ull y, the featu re be com es visi ble in th e Network services menu. Call diverting Call dive rting tells your n etwork to redirect inc oming ca lls to another numbe r. Call divertin g is a network service and may n ot work the same in all netw orks , so con tact you r wireles s service provider or network operator for availabilit y. Activate The following option s may not all appea r in the display. They w ill only appea r in the di splay if the relevant feature c ode h as been entered i nto the phone . 1. In standby mode, select Menu > Settings > Ne twork servic es > C all divert and one of the following options: Divert all cal ls âÂÂDiv ert all calls to th e numbe r yo u s pec ify. Divert if busy â Divert in coming calls whe n you a re in a call. Divert if not an swered âÂÂDive rt incoming ca lls to anoth er number if yo u are u nable to answer. Y ou can set a delay before diverting takes place . Divert if out of reach âÂÂDi vert incom ing calls w hen your devic e is off. 2. Se lect Activate . 3. Ent er the nu mber to whi ch yo ur calls, data, or other in formation will be diverte d, and select OK . Cancel In standby mode, sele c t Menu > Settin gs > Network s ervi ce s > Call divert > Cancel all diverts . Ca ncel all diverts may affect your a bility to rece ive voice ma il message s. Contact your wire less service provider or network ope rator for specific details.
Settings 60 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved. â Restore factory settings You ca n reset som e of the menu settings to their original value s. Data that you hav e entered or downloaded is not deleted (for example, entries in yo ur contac ts list a re not a ffected) . 1. In standby mode, s elect Menu > Settings > Restore factory se t t. . 2. Enter the lock code, an d select OK . See " Change lock code ," p. 56 . Note: Dependin g on your wireless service provider or netw ork opera tor, your de vice ma y som etime s ask yo u for th e secu rit y co de ( defau lted to 1234 5) instea d of the lock code.
Or gan is er 61 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved. 10 . O r g a n i s e r Your dev ice cont ains fea tures to help organise your everyday life , including an alarm clock, calendar, notes, todo list, ca lculator, c ountdo wn timer, and stopwatch. â Alarm c lock If the a larm tim e arrives with the devic e swi tched off, the devic e switch es itself on and s tarts sounding the alarm tone. If y ou sele ct Stop , t he devic e as ks wh ether you want to ac tivate the device for cal ls. Select No to sw itch off the de vice or Ye s to make an d receive calls. Do n ot select Ye s when wire less pho n e u se may c ause interfere nce or danger. Set or change alarm set t ing The alarm clock depends on the device clock, whic h sounds an al ert anytime yo u spec ify a nd ev en work s with th e devic e turned off. 1. In standby mode, select Menu > Organiser > Alarm clock > Alarm time > On . 2. E nter the time for t he ala rm in hh:mm form at. 3. Alarm on appe ars briefly in the display, and appears in standby mode. Repeat alarm Yo u can set th e alarm to re peat. In standby mode, select Menu > Organiser > Alarm clock > Repeat alarm . Se t th e al arm to ne You ca n set whic h tone to pla y when the alarm sou nds. I n standby m ode, sel ect Me nu > Organiser > Alarm clock > Alarm tone > Standard , Radio , or Open Gallery to choose the tone you want to us e. If you set you r alarm to Radio , us e an acce ssory that supports F M stereo. Snooze time-out To set the alarm s nooze time, selec t Menu > Organiser > Alarm cloc k > Snooze tim e-out > 5 m inutes , 10 minute s , 15 minutes , 3 0 min utes , 60 minute s , o r Ot her (to enter up to 60 min ut es sn ooze time ). Alarm conditions When the a lar m s ounds , yo ur de vic e beeps, vibrates (if vibrating alert is on for curren tly active profile) , and the display ligh ts up. With th e device on, selec t Stop to shut the alarm off or Snooze . W ith Snooze select ed, the alarm stops for 10
Organiser 62 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved. minute s, and Snooze on appears in the display. If you do n ot pr ess a key, t he ala rms stops (snooze s) for 10 minutes , then sounds again. You can also select Menu > Organiser > Alarm clock > Snoo ze time-out to res et the sn ooze time. Turn an ala rm off In st andby mode, sele ct Men u > Organiser > Alarm clock > Alarm tim e > Off . â Calendar The cale ndar keeps tra ck of reminders, calls you need to make , meetin gs, and bi rt hdays , whic h can ev en s ound an alarm for any of th ese events. Monthly view provides an overview of the sele cted mon th and weeks, enabling you to jum p to a specific date. Any days or dates that appear in bold font contain calendar note s such as a meet in g or re mind er. Open In st andby mode, sele ct Men u > Organiser > Calendar , or press the right scroll key . Scroll to move the curso r in som e cale ndar vie ws. Go to a da te 1. In standby mode, s elect Menu > Organiser > Cal end a r > Opti ons > Go to date . 2. En ter the da te (dd/mm /yyyy), and se lect OK . Note a specific date You can a pply five types of notes to you r calen da r. You r d evice asks for further info rmation depending on which no te yo u ch oose. Y ou also h ave the o pt ion t o se t an al ar m fo r an y n ot e you se lect. 1. Go to the date for which you wa nt to set a reminder. See " Go t o a date ," p. 62 . 2. Fro m the mont hl y vie w (wi th th e go-to date hi ghlighted), select Opt io n s > Mak e a note and one of the f oll owi ng not e ty pes : Meetin g âÂÂEnter a sub jec t, loc ation, and a start an d end date an d time. Call âÂÂEnter a phone num ber, a name , and the date and time. Birthday âÂÂEnte r the personâÂÂs name, date and year of birth. Memo âÂÂE nte r a sub jec t and a st ar t and end date. Remin der âÂÂEnt er th e subjec t and date of your reminder. You a re given the option to set a n alarm. 3. En ter your note , and selec t Save . Vi ew n ote s (da y v iew ) After you hav e create d calen dar no tes, you ca n vie w t hem .
Or gan is er 63 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved. 1. In standby mode, select Menu > Organiser > Calendar . 2. Scroll to th e date contai ning the note that appears in bold type, and sel ect View . Options w hile viewing a list of notes 1. Se lec t Opti ons w hile viewin g a dayâÂÂs no te to display th e followi ng: The options listed below are available while view ing the header of a note. Make a note âÂÂCreat e a new n ote for the selecte d dat e. Delete âÂÂDele te t he not e. Edit âÂÂEdit the note. Mov e âÂÂMov e th e not e to anot her date on your cale ndar. Repeat âÂÂSet the n ote ( exce pt for birthday note) to recu r on a regular basis (daily, weekly , biweekly, monthly, and yearly ). Go to date âÂÂJu mp to another date on you r calen da r. Go to today âÂÂJu mp to the curre nt date on your cale ndar. Send note âÂÂSe nd the not e to another device as a text m essage or in calendarto-calend ar format by way of multim edia mes sages or SMS. Co py â Copy the note for you to paste to another date. Settings âÂÂSet th e date an d time , date and time format, the day ea ch week starts a nd whethe r you wa nt your notes to autodele te after a specified tim e. Go to to-do list âÂÂJump to th e to-d o list on your calendar . 2. Sele ct an option to a ctivate it or ente r its submen u. Send a note 1. In standby mode, select Men u > Orga ni ser > Calendar . 2. Scroll to th e date that appears in bold type, conta ining the note you want to send, and se lect Vie w . 3. Scroll to th e note you want to sen d, and select Op tions > Send note > Send as mess age ( Text message or Multimedia m sg. ) or Via calendar . 4. If you selec ted Via calendar , enter the num ber for the recipient, or sel ect Se arch to retrieve a numbe r from the con tacts list, and select OK . 5. If you selec ted Send as message ( T e xt message or M ultime dia msg. ),
Organiser 64 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved. the n ote appears as a te xt mes sage in the displ ay. â¢S e l e c t Send to > Send to numbe r , Send to e-mail , Send to many , or Send to distrib . list . ⢠Enter the number for the recipient, or select Search to retrieve a numbe r from the conta cts list, and se lect Send . Receive n ote s Whe n you receive a calendar not e in calenda r-to-ca lendar format, your device displays C ale ndar note re ceived . ⢠To vie w calend ar notes , select Show , and if ne cessary, sc roll to vi ew t he ent ire me ssage. ⢠To sa ve cale ndar no tes afte r viewin g, select Opti ons > Sav e . ⢠To discard calendar notes after viewin g, select Exit or Optio ns > Discard . When y ou receiv e a cale ndar note or text message, a mes sage notification appears in standby mode. You ca n save th e note in your ca le ndar an d set an alarm for any date an d time . â Notes You can writ e and save information in Notes a nd send not es us ing multime dia or text messag e. In st an db y mod e, se lec t Menu > Organis er > Notes . Wit h no notes create d, select Ad d n ot e , creat e you r note, a nd sele ct Sav e wh en d on e. W ith notes alre ady crea ted, highlight the note you want to use, and s elect View to read or Opt ions > Make a note , Delete , Ed i t , Se nd note ( Send as message ), or Delete all note s . â T o-do list Use the to-do lis t feature to keep tra ck of your tasks. Y ou ca n save a note for a task, selec t a priority level for the not e and mark it as done when you have comp leted it. You c an sort the not es by priority or by date. Add a to-do note 1. In standby mo de, s elect Menu > Organiser > T o-do list . 2. I f the re a re n o notes , se lec t Add not e . 3. En ter the subject of the to-do note , and select Save . 4. Sele ct High , Medium , o r Low priority. 5. En ter the due date and time to set the alarm.
Or gan is er 65 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved. V iew a to -d o no te 1. In standby mode, select Menu > Organiser > To-do list . 2. H ighlight a to-do note, and select Opt ions and one of the following: Add âÂÂAdd anothe r note . Delete âÂÂDele te t he not e. Mark note as done or Mark as not done âÂÂM ark a n ot e or ta s k as complet ed or not; if completed, no more reminde rs will follow. Sort by deadline â Sort the notes acco rding to their deadlin e. Send âÂÂS end the no te to anot her device, as a text or multim edia message, or as a calendar n ote to another co mpatible dev ic e. Go to calendar âÂÂLeave the to-do list, and go to the ca lendar. Save to calendar âÂÂSave t he t o-d o note to a dat e on your cale ndar. Delete done notes âÂÂDel ete al l the completed to-do notes. Delete all not es âÂÂDel ete all the to-do notes in the list. 3. Vie w the to-do note, and select Edit to edit the note or Op ti ons to select from th e following: Deadline âÂÂSet a deadli ne for the note, listin g any un completed notes if exi sting. Mark not e as done or Mark as not done âÂÂMark a note or t ask as complete d or not; if completed, no more reminders w ill follow. Delete âÂÂDel ete t he not e. Edit priorit y âÂÂChange the priority to high, medium , or low. Send âÂÂSend th e note to anoth er device, as a text or multimedia message, or as a calendar note to another com patible devic e. Go to calendar âÂÂLeave t he to-d o list, and go to the cale ndar. Save to calendar âÂÂSave t he to- do note to a date on you r calen dar. â Calculator The calculator in y our device adds, subtrac ts, multiplies, divide s, calcula tes t he s quare a nd t he sq uare root, changes the sign of the number ent ered , an d conv erts curren cy valu es. Not e: This c alculat or, designed for simple ca lculations , has limite d accu racy. 1. In standby mode, select Menu > Orga ni ser > Calculator . 2. Ente r the first nu mber in the calcula tion. Press # for a decimal point if nece ssary. To change the sign, sele ct Options > Change sign , or sc roll up or down .
Organiser 66 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved. To perform a square or square root calcu lation, selec t Op tio ns > Square or Squ are root . To cycle th rough the a dd ( ), subtract (-), m ultiply (*), an d divide (/) c ha rac ter s, p ress *. 3. Enter the s econd nu mber in your calcu lation. 4. Select Equals to comple te calcu lation or Opti ons if m ore func tions are r equi red . Currency conver t er You can con vert foreign currency to domestic, or vice versa, directly in standby mode or from the Calculator menu . Note: When you change base curre ncy, you mus t enter the new rat es because all previou sly set excha nge rates are set to ze ro. 1. In standby mode, s elect Menu > Organiser > Calculator > Opti ons > Ex ch an ge ra te > Foreign unit in domestic unit s or Dom estic u nit in foreign units . Foreign un it in domestic un its âÂÂTh e number of h ome unit s cost to make one unit of foreign curre ncy. Domestic un it in foreign un its âÂÂThe number of forei gn unit s cost to ma ke on e uni t of y our home currenc y. 2. Ente r the excha ng e r ate ( pres s # to insert a decimal), and select OK . 3. In standby mo de, en ter the curre ncy amount to be con verted . 4. Sele ct Opti on s > In dom estic or In foreign . In domes tic âÂÂconve rts foreign curre ncy to domest ic currenc y. In foreign âÂÂconve rts domestic currency to foreign currency . 5. If you do not enter an ex chan ge rate, the de vice w ill prompt you to do so. Se lect OK . You can edit th e ex change ra te at any time. â Countdown timer The cou ntdow n timer in yo ur device enables you to enter a specific time ( up to 99 h ours a nd 59 minutes ). Whe n the t i m e r u n s o u t , y o u r d e v i c e s o u n d s a n alarm. Note: The countdow n timer only works when t he de vice is on. Wh en you tu rn off your devic e, the timer is no longer active. Se t the ti mer 1. In standby mo de, s elect Menu > Organiser > T imer > No rmal timer , Inte rval timer , or Settings . Use Normal timer to measu re th e count down time for tasks that have one period (timer n ame).
Or gan is er 67 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved. Select Inte rval timer t o save se ts of co unt do wn ti mes w ith mor e tha n one period. 2. E nter the t ime (in hh :mm:ss format), and select OK . 3. E nter a note for th e timer, an d sel ect Start . appears in standby mode with the count down time r set. When the time runs out, your device sounds an alarm, displays the timer note , vibrates (if set) , and fl ashes i ts light s. Press any key during th e alarm to stop the a larm. Afte r 30 seconds the timer alert st ops automatica lly. Ch an ge the time Aft er you have set the time r, you can change the time. 1. Wit h a normal timer set, in standby mode, select Menu > Organiser > Timer > Change time . 2. E nter the new time , an d selec t OK . 3. Le ave th e not e as it wa s, or enter a new no te, a nd select Start . In terr upt th e tim er Aft er you have set the time r, you can stop the time r. In standby mode, select Menu > Organiser > Time r > Stop time r . â Stopwatch Yo u can use the s topwatch in your devic e to track time . The stopw atch displays time in hou rs, minute s, seconds, and frac tions of a second in hh:mm :ss.ss format. Using the s topwatch or allow ing it t o run in the background when using other fea tures increas es the dema nd on battery power and reduces the battery life . Measure time 1. In standby mode, select Menu > Orga ni ser > Stopw a tch > Split timing or Lap t iming > Start . Th e running time is displayed. Split timing âÂÂY ou can us e th e spli t time func tion for such things as a long distance race when y ou need to pace yourself. Sel ect S plit to note the lapsed time. Th e timer continue s to run and the split time appears below the running time . Ea ch ti me y ou select Split , the new measu red time appe ars at the beginning of the list. Lap timing âÂÂYou can use th e la p time func tion when you want to track how long it takes to complete each cycle or lap. Sele ct Lap to note the lap time. The cloc k stops, then starts im mediately from ze ro. The lap time appears below the running time . Each time you selec t
Organiser 68 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved. Lap , th e new measure d time appears at the beginning of the list. 2. Select Stop to end the tim ing and display the tota l time or Stop > Option s > St art or Reset to continue or reset timing. Lap and split times To save a ti me whil e the clo ck is running, select Stop > Save , e n ter a name for the me asurement, and select OK . If you do not enter a na me, the total tim e is used as the default title for the lap or split ti me. To view a saved time , in s tandby mode, sel ect Menu > Organise r > Stopwatch > Show last or View times . To delete a saved time from Stopwatch , s ele ct Vi ew t imes and t he time to delete, an d select Delete > Ye s ; or select Delete time s > On e by o ne or Delete all . Operat ion note If you press the end k ey and return to standby mode, the clock continues to run in the backgrou nd, an d appears in the upper left corner. To return to the stopw atch scree ns, in standby mod e, select Menu > Organiser > Stopwatch > Co nt inu e . To stop the c lock, select Stop . Options You can cho ose the following options when you use the stopwatch : Contin ue âÂÂA ppears wh en the stopwat ch is working in th e background. Show last â Appears when you have saved a split or lap time and displays the last t ime s aved. Split timing âÂÂAsks if you want to discontinue previous timin g. Lap timing â Asks if y ou want to discontinue previous timin g. Vie w times âÂÂE nables you to browse the save d times. Delete tim es âÂÂEna bles you to delete any save d times. You can delete the saved times one by one or all at once.
Ext ras 69 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved. 11 . E x t r a s Challenge yourself or a friend to one of the fun game s in your device. Some menus l i st ed are n etwork servic es. Cont act you r wire less se rvice provider or network ope rator for more information . To download games or applica tions, select eith er the Games or C ollection menu. â Gam es In sta ndb y mode , select Menu > Extras > Games t o display t he games on your device : Games are S nak e Ex2 and Gala xy Balls . â Collection Colle ctions is a net work servic e. See " Network Se rvices ," p. vii . If your wireless service provider or network operator supports this feature, you will find us eful application s preinstalle d on your d evice . Also, yo u can ma nage and downlo ad new Java applications th at may be offered by your w ireless s ervice provider or netw ork operator. An applica tion may require a few seconds to load. When you open an applica tion, wait for th e launch scre en to disappear. At that point, the applica tion is ready. In sta ndb y mode , select Menu > Extras > C ollect ion and an applic ation. Not e: Only install applic ations from sou rces that offer adequate protec tion again s t harmful s oftware. â Memory You ca n view the size of mem ory available for gam es or application installatio ns. In standby mode, select Menu > Ext ras > Me mor y . Not e: Only install applic ations from sou rces that offer adequate protec tion again s t harmful s oftware.
Mobile web 70 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved. 12. Mobi le web Minibrowser is a network service. See " Network Services ," p . vii. Your device has a built- in browser you can use to conn ect to selecte d se rvices on the m obile internet. If you r wireless service provider or network operator supports this feature, then you can view weather reports, check news or flight time s, view fina ncial informa tion, and much more . The web browser on your device can display WAP-based con tent. Your device may have s om e bookmarks loaded for sites not affiliated with Nokia. Nokia does not warrant or endorse these sites. If you choose to acce ss them , you shou ld ta ke the sam e precautions , for s ecu rity or content, as yo u would with an y interne t site. The security icon doe s not indicate that the da ta transmi ssion be twee n the ga teway and the c ontent s erver (o r plac e where t he re quested resourc e is stored) is secu re. T he ser v ice pr ovid er secure s the data transm ission bet ween the ga teway and the c ontent s erver. â Mobile Internet access Beca use mobile Int ernet conte nt is designed to be viewed from you r device, your wireless serv ice provider or network operato r is now your mobile Internet service provider as well. It is likely th at your w ireless service provider or netwo rk operator has created a home page and set up your browser to go to this page when you log on to the mobi le Internet. At your service provider âÂÂs home page, you may find lin ks t o a numbe r of ot her site s. It shou ld not be n ecessary to ma nually configure t he browser on your device. Normally this is done by your wire less service provide r or n etwork operator after you subscr ibe to the feat ure. Contac t your wireles s service provider or network operato r if you have problems us ing the browse r.
Mobile web 71 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved. â Sign on In standby mode, select Me n u > Mobile web . After a brief pause, your dev ice att empts to co nnect to yo ur wireless service provider or network operatorâÂÂs home page. I f you receive an error mes sage, your devic e may not be set up for browsing. Contact you r wireless service provider or ne twork operator to ma ke sure tha t your device is configu red properly. â Navigate the mobile Internet Since your device screen is much smaller t han a c omputer s c reen , mobile Inte rnet conte nt is disp layed differently than you m ay be accust om ed to se eing. Thi s section conta ins guidelines for using the keys to na vi gat e a WAP si te. Phone keys ⢠Press the po wer key to displa y the minibrows er h ome screen. ⢠Scroll up or down to browse the WAP site. ⢠Sel ect an i tem . ⢠To enter letters and numbers, press a ke y fr om 0â 9. ⢠To enter special characters, press *. Receive a call w hile online If your da ta connec tion is not activ e, you ma y still be able to receiv e a voice call while us ing the WAP browser. ⢠To answer the incoming call, press the call ke y. ⢠To reject th e incoming ca ll, press th e end ke y (a carr ier- depen dent feature). While in the v oice call, you are not able to load new pages in the browser. Not e: If your da ta con nection is activ e, the incom ing calls are au tomatica lly diverted to voice mail, depending on your carrier. Make an emergency call while online Yo u can end yo ur data conne ction and make an emer ge ncy ca l l. 1. To close your mobile Internet co nne c ti on, press th e end key. 2. Press t he end key as man y times as nee ded to c lear th e displ ay and ready the device for calls. 3. Enter the emerg ency nu mber for your present location (for example, 111 or 000 or 91 1). Eme rgency numbers vary by location. 4. Pre ss the call key.
Mobile web 72 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved. Clear th e cache and disconnect A cache is a memory loc ation that is used to store data temporarily. If you hav e tried to acce ss or ha ve acce ssed confide ntial informat ion requiring passwor ds, empty t he cach e after each use. The inform ation or services you have accessed ar e stored in the cac he. To em pty the cac he whi le in th e browser menu, select Menu > Advan c ed > Clear > Ca che from the home page. To clear the cach e and power off your device, press and hold the p ow er key. To close your m obile intern et conne ction while browsin g, press the end key.
PC co nnectiv ity 73 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved. 13. PC c onnect ivity â USB data transf er You ca n transfe r data such a s music, photos, and videos from your device to a com patible PC or from a com patible PC to your device using a DKU-2 USB data cable . Th e cab le is co nnec ted to your d evice correctly when th e arrowhe ad points toward the dis play scr een. Discon nect t h e USB data c able from the devi ce to m ake a ca ll. Use the Nokia Au dio Manager software to han dle your music files, and transfer them from the PC to your device. See " Nokia PC Suite ," p. 74. Transfer wit h Windows Ex pl orer Aft er you have in stalled the N okia Audio Manager, it is possible to use Windows Ex plorer to t ransfer music, photo, an d video files to your device an d from your de vice to you r PC. 1. C onnect y our PC and your de vice wit h a DK U-2 US B ca b le . Data enha ncem en t conn ecte d is displayed on your device. 2. Open W indows Explorer. Your device appears a s a local drive (named by Nokia 3 155) w ith a drive let ter a ssig ned to it . 3. Cl ick on the folders t o d isplay a window that shows the conte nts of the folder on th e devic e. 4 . Ope n a se con d inst a nce o f Windows Explorer, and display th e contents of th e folder on your PC where you have MP 3 files, photo files, or v ideo files stored. 5. Select the files on your PC tha t you want to trans fer to the dev ice. 6. Drag and drop the files from the second win dow into the first window, and place the m in a folder. 7. The files are trans ferred to the device and can be played or acc essed by t he media p la y er . If you selec t files that require mo re memory th an the memory capa city of the device, an error note appears. Deselect some of th e fi l es un til th e sele cte d fi les f it th e memory. 8. Dis co nnect the U SB c able by double-clickin g the gree n arrow on the task bar at the botto m of your PC sc reen. A pop-up window displays Un plu g or E ject Ha rdwa re . 9. Click on US B d evice in the hardware devices window. A pop- up window displays Stop a Hardw are de vice .
PC co nnectiv ity 74 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved. 10. High light USB de vice and click OK . The po p-up w indow di splays Sa fe to Re move Hard ware , with The â USB Devi ceâ device can n ow be sa fely r emoved f rom t he sys tem . Select OK . Impor tant : To ensure that all memory card operation s are complet ed in a controlled way, do not unplug the conne ctivity cable until Window s notifies you that it is safe to do so. U ncontrolled complet ion of the memory card operations may cause the memory card and the information s tored on it to beco me corrup ted. A corrupted memory card may have to be formatted be fore it can be us ed again. When a memory card is format ted, all information on th e card is permanently lost. â Nokia PC Suite Nokia PC Suite software is available for the Noki a 3155. Noki a PC Suite is a collection of pow erful tools that you can use to mana ge your de vice features and data. Each compon ent is a separate program that includes online helps. Nokia PC Suite software, installation instruct ions, and other documentatio n, which are provided free of charge and can be downloaded from the softw are downloads of the Nokia web site: ht tp:// www.n okia- as ia.c om. Som e of t he feat ures in yo ur d evice require network support . Contact your service provider for availabilit y a nd configura tion in structi ons. ⢠Nokia Image Convert er m a kes ima ges usable for mu ltimedia messages or wallpapers and tra nsf ers them t o yo ur devi ce. ⢠Nok ia Sound Conv erter edi ts polyphon ic ringing tones to be compa tible with you r devi ce and tra nsf ers them t o yo ur devi ce. ⢠Nok ia Content Copier copies information or bac ks up information from your devic e to the PC or to another compatible Noki a de vic e. ⢠Nok ia Phone Editor sends text messages a n d edi ts the c ontact directory and message setting s of your d evice. ⢠Nok ia PC Sync synchronises the conta cts di rect ory and ca lenda r betwee n your device and a compatible PC. ⢠Nokia Connection Manager selects the conn ection typ e betw een t he PC and the device. ⢠Nokia Phone Browser copies ima ges and tone s from your devic e to your PC and vice versa. Copyright protection m ay prevent some ima ges, ring tones, and othe r content from being copie d, modifie d, transferred, or diverted.
En hancem ents 75 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved. 14. En hancements Chec k the model number of any charger before use wit h this device. This devic e is intended for use when supplied with pow er from AC-3 or AC-4. Warn ing: Use only batteries, ch arger s an d enhanc ements approved by Nokia for use with this particular m odel. The use of any other types may inva lidate any appro val or warranty, and may be dangerous. For availa bility of a ppr o ved enhanc ement s, pleas e chec k wit h your de aler. A few pract ical r ules a bout accessories and enhancements: ⢠Keep all ac c essorie s and enha ncem ent s out of the r ea ch of small child ren. ⢠When you disconn ect the power cord of any ac cess ory or enha ncem ent , gr asp an d p ull the plug, not th e cord. ⢠Che ck regularly that en hanc em ents installe d in a veh icle are moun ted and are operating properly. ⢠Installa tion o f a ny com plex car enha nc ement s mu st b e made by qualified personnel only. Pow er: ⢠Standard Li-Ion Batt ery (BL-6C) ⢠Standard Trav el Charger (AC -3) ⢠Travel Ch arger (AC-4 ) ⢠Mobile Charger (DC-4) ⢠Charger Adapter (CA-44)
Battery informati o n 76 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved. 15. Battery information â Charging and discharging Your device is powered by a rechargeable battery. The full performance of a new batte ry is achieved only after two or thre e complete charge and discharge cycles. The battery can be charged and discharged hundred s of times, but it will e ventua lly wea r out. When the talk and standby t imes are notic e ably shorter than no rmal, replace the battery. Use only Nokia approved batteries, and recharge your battery only with Nokia approved chargers designated for this device. If a replacement battery is being used for the first time or if the battery ha s not be en used for a prolonge d period, it may be nece ssar y to co nnect th e charger then disconnect and re connect it to begin charging the battery. Unp lug th e cha rger fr om th e elec trical plug and the device when not in use. Do not leave a fu lly charged battery conne cted to a charger, since overch arging may shorten its lifetime. If left unused, a fully charged battery will lose its charge ove r time . If the batte ry is complete ly discharged , it may take a few minutes before the charging indicator appe ars on the display or before any calls can be made. Use t he batt ery on ly for its intende d purpose. Never use any charger or battery that is damaged. Do not short- circuit the ba ttery. Accidental short-circuitin g can occur when a m etallic objec t such as a co in, clip, or pen causes direc t co nnecti on of the positive ( ) and negative (-) terminals of the battery. (The se look like meta l strips on the battery. ) This might ha ppen, for exam ple, wh en you carry a spare battery in your pock et or purse. Short-circuiting th e terminals may dam age the batte ry or the con nectin g obj ect. Leaving th e battery in h ot or cold places, such as in a close d c a r in summ er or winter condit ions, will reduce the capa city a nd lifet ime o f the battery. Always try to keep the batte ry between 15ð C and 25ðC (59ðF and 77ðF) . A device with a hot or cold battery ma y not work temporarily, even whe n the battery i s fully charged. Batte ry performance is particularly limited in tempe ratures well below freezing. Do not dispose of batteries in a fire as they may explode . Batteries may also explode if damaged. Dispose of batteries a ccording to local regulations. Please recycle when possible. Do not dispose as household wa ste.
Battery informatio n 77 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved. â Nokia battery authentication guidelines Always use original Nokia batteries for your s afety . To chec k that yo u are gettin g an original Nokia battery, purchase it from an authorized Nokia dealer, l ook for the Nok ia Original Enhanceme nts logo on the packaging and inspect the hologram label using the following steps: Succe ssful completion of t he fou r step s is not a total assuran ce of the au thentici ty of the battery . If you have any reason t o believe th at your battery is not an authentic original Nokia battery, you should refrain from using it, and take it to the nea rest au thorized Nokia service point or dealer for assist ance. Your au thoriz ed Nokia service point or dealer w ill inspect the batt ery for authe nticity . If authe nticity cannot be verified, return the batte ry to the place of purchase. Auth ent icate h olog ram 1. Wh en looking at the hologram on the label, you s hould see the Noki a connec ting ha nds symbol from one angle and the Nokia Original Enhanc emen ts log o w hen looking from another angle. 2. When you ang le the ho log ram lef t, right, down, an d up, you should s ee 1, 2, 3, and 4 dots on e ach side respectiv ely. 3. Scratc h the side of the label to reveal a 20-digit code, for example, 123456 789 1987654 3210. Turn the battery so th at the numb ers are facing up wards. The 20 -digit code reads starting from the num ber at the top row followe d by the bottom row . 4. Co nfirm that the 20-digit c ode is valid by following th e instruction s at www. nokia originals.com/ check.
Battery informati o n 78 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved. To create a text m essage e nter the 20-digit cod e, for example, 12345 678 919876 543210, and s end t o 44 778 6 200 276. To create a text mes sage, ⢠For countrie s in Asia Pacific, exclud ing India: Enter th e 20-digit code, for example, 1234567 891 987654 3210, and send to 61 427 151 515. ⢠For India only: Enter Battery followed by th e 20-digit batte ry code, for example, Battery 1234567 891 987654 3210, and sen d to 5555 . National and international ope rator charges will apply. You should rec eive a message indica ting whe ther the code can be auth entica ted. If you ne ed assistanc e confirmin g the batte ry code, contac t your loca l Nokia Care Centre s listed at www.nokia- as ia.co m/ car ecen trel oca tor . W h a t i f y o u r b a t t e r y i s not authe ntic? If you ca nnot co nfirm tha t your No kia battery wit h the hologram on the la bel is an authe ntic No kia battery, please do not use the battery. Tak e it t o the ne ares t authorized N oki a service point or dealer for ass istance. The use of a battery that is not approv ed by the ma nuf act urer may be da ng erou s a nd may result in poor performanc e and damage to your device and its enhanc emen ts. It may also invalida te any approval or warranty applying to the dev ice. To find out more about original Nokia batterie s, vi sit www. nok ia or ig ina ls.c om/b atte ry.
Care and main tenance 79 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved. Care and maintenance Your device is a product of superior design and craftsmanship and should be treate d with ca re. The sugges tions below w ill help you protec t your warran ty coverage. ⢠Keep the device dry. Precipitation , humidity, and a ll types of liqu ids or moisture c an contain m inera ls that will corrode elec tronic circu its. If your device does get wet, remove the batte ry, and allow the dev ice to dry com pletely before replacing it. ⢠Do not atte mpt to remov e the ba tte ry f ro m t he de vice. Noki a recomme nds that yo u ta ke the de vice to the ne ares t auth ori se d service facilit y for replacement of the b attery . ⢠Do not use or store the device in dusty, dirty a reas. Its m oving parts and electronic compone nts can be damaged. ⢠Do not store the device in h ot a reas. High t emper atures can shorten t he li fe of electronic devices, damage batteries, and warp or melt ce rtain plas tics. ⢠Do not store the device in co ld areas. Wh en the devic e returns to its normal te mperature, moisture can form inside the device and damage electronic circu it boards. ⢠Do not atte mpt to open th e device other than a s instructed in this guide. ⢠Do not drop, knoc k, or shake the devi ce. R ough h andling can bre ak internal circuit boards and fine me cha nics . ⢠D o not use h arsh chem icals , clea ning so lvents, or strong dete rgents t o c lean t he devic e. ⢠D o not paint th e device. Pain t can clog the movi ng parts and prevent proper operation. ⢠U se a soft , clea n, dry cloth to cle an an y lenses , such as camera , proxim ity sensor, and light s ensor lense s. ⢠Use only the supplied or an approved replaceme nt antenna. Unauthorised an tennas, modificatio ns, or attachments could damage the device and may violate re gulations governing radio de vices . ⢠Use chargers indoors. ⢠Always create a back up of d ata you want to ke ep, su ch as c o ntact s and cal e nda r note s, be for e sen ding your de vice to a servic e facilit y. All of the above suggestions apply equa lly to your dev ice, batte ry, charg er, or an y enha nceme nt. If any device is not working properly, take it to the ne arest a uthorised se rvice facilit y for service.
Additional safety information 80 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved. Addi tional safety informa tion Y our de vice and its enha ncemen ts may contain small parts. Keep them out of the rea ch of small children . â Operating environment Reme mber to follow any special regulation s in force in any area and alw ays sw itc h off your de vice w hen its use is prohibite d or when it may ca use interference or danger. Use the device only in its normal operating position s. This devi ce me ets RF exposure gu ideli nes when used eithe r in the normal use posit ion agains t the ea r or when pos itioned at least 2. 2 c m (7/ 8 inche s) away from the body . When a carry ca se, belt clip or holder is used for body-wo rn operation, it should not contain metal and should position the device the above-stated distance from your body. In order to transmit data files or message s, thi s device require s a good quality con nection to the network . In som e case s, messa ges may be delayed until such a connection is available. Ensure the above separation distanc e instruction s are followed until the tran smission is com pleted. â Medical devic es Operation of any radio transmitt ing equipm ent, includi ng wireless phones, ma y interfere wi th the func tionalit y of inad equately pro tected medica l dev ice s. Cons ult a phy si ci an o r the man ufactur er of the me dical de vice to determine if they are ad equate ly shielded from external RF energy or if you have any ques tions. Switch off your dev ice in hea lth care facilitie s when any regu latio ns po sted in t hese area s instruc t you to do so. Hospitals or health care facilities ma y be using equipm ent that could be sensitive to exte rnal RF energy . PACEMAKERS Pacemak er manufacturers recomm end tha t a minimu m sepa ration of 6 i nches (15.3 cm ) be mainta ined be twee n a wireless device or phone and a pacemaker to avoid potential interferen ce with the pacemake r. Thes e recom mendation s are cons istent with th e indepe ndent resea rch by and recommendations of Wireless Tech nology Resear ch. To minimis e the potent ial for inte rference, p ersons w ith pacema kers should ⢠Always keep t he d evic e more than 6 inches (15.3 cm) from th eir pace maker wh en th e devic e is swi tc he d o n ⢠Not ca rry the d evice in a brea st pocket ⢠Hold the device to the ear opposite th e pa ce mak er to mi ni mis e the potential for interferenc e. If you ha ve any re ason to suspe ct that interferen ce is taking place, switch off your dev ice immedia tely.
Additional safety informatsion 81 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved. HEARI NG AIDS Some digital wireless devices may interfere w ith some he aring aids. If interferen ce o ccurs, cons ult y our service provider. â V ehicles RF signals may affect imprope rly installe d or inadequately shielded electronic systems in mot or vehicles such as electronic fu el inject ion syste ms, electronic antiskid (ant ilock) brak ing syst ems, elec tronic sp eed contro l syst ems, air ba g systems. For more inform ation, check with the manufacturer or its representative of yo ur veh icle or any eq uipm ent that ha s been added. Only qu alified personnel should servic e the device , or install the de vice in a vehic le. Fault y installation or service may be dange rous and may inv alidate an y warr ant y tha t ma y appl y to the devic e. Ch eck reg ula rly that all wirele ss device e quipment in your vehicle is mounted and operatin g properly. Do not store or carry flammable liquids, gases, or e xplosive mat erials in the same compa rtment as the device, its parts, or e nhancements. For vehicles equipped with an air bag, remembe r that an air bags in flate with great force. Do not place objects, includin g installed or po rtable wireless equi pment in the a rea ov er the air ba g or in the air bag de ployment area. If in- vehic le wire less equipm en t is improperly installed and the air bag inflates, serio us injury could resul t. FCC regu lations prohibit usin g your wireles s dev ice wh ile in the air. The use of wireless teleph ones in an aircraft may be dangerous t o the operation of the aircraft, disrupt the wireless telephone network, and may be ille gal. â P otentially ex plosive environmen t s Switch off your dev ice wh en in an y area with a potentially e xplosive atmosphere an d obey all sign s and instructions . Potentially e xplosive atm osph eres inclu de areas where you would norm ally be advised to turn off you r vehicle eng ine. Spa rks in such areas could ca use an ex plosion or fire resulting i n bodily injury or even death. Switch off the device at refuelling points such as near gas pumps at ser vice st atio n s. Obser ve restri ct ions on the use of radio equipment in fuel depots, storage, and distribution areas, chemical pl ants or where b lasti ng operations are in progress. Are as with a potentially e xplosive atmos phere are often but n ot always clearly ma rked. They include below de ck on boats, chem ica l tra nsfer or s tora ge faci liti es, vehic les using lique fied petrole um gas (such as propane or butane), and areas where t he air cont ain s c h emic als or particles such as grain , dust or metal powders. Failure to obs erve these instru ctions may lead to suspension or denial of teleph one servic es to the offend er, legal action, or bo th.
Additional safety informatsion 82 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved. â Emergency calls Import ant : W ireless phones, includ ing this de vice, op erate using radio signals, wireless network s, landline ne tworks, and user-programmed functions . Becaus e of this, connec tions in all condit ions cannot be gua rantee d. You should nev er rely so lely o n any wireless device for essential communic ations like medical em erge ncies . To mak e an emerg enc y call , ma ke sur e your device is properly charged before at temp tin g an y emergen cy cal ls. If your battery be comes empty, you cannot receive or make c alls, inclu ding emer gency ca lls and must wait a few minut es aft er the ch arg ing begins to plac e yo ur call. 1. If the device is no t on, switch it on. Check for ade quate signal strength. Some network s may require that a valid UIM (CDMA SIM) ca rd is properly inserted in the device. 2. Press the end key as many times as nee ded to c lear th e dis pla y and ready the de vice for calls. 3. Enter the official em ergenc y number for yo ur present location , and press the call key. Emergenc y numbers vary by location If certa in fe atur es ar e in u se, you may first nee d to turn those features off before y ou can m ake an emergen cy call. If th e device is in an offline or flight mode you m ust change the profile to activ ate th e device func tion befo re you can m ake an emer gency call. Co nsult this gu ide or your service prov ider . Wh en mak ing an e mer gency call, give all the necess ary informat ion as accu rately as possi ble. Y ou r w irele ss dev ice m ay be the on ly me ans of comm u ni cat i on at t he scene of an accide nt. Do not en d the ca ll until given permission to do so. â Certif icat ion informati on (SA R ) THIS DE VICE M EETS INT ERNATI ONAL GUIDELINES FOR EXPOSURE TO RADIO WAV ES Your mobile device is a radio tran smitter an d rece iver. I t is designed and m an ufactu red n ot to exce ed th e limits for exposure to radio frequen cy (RF) recom mended by internation al guidelin es (ICNIRP). These limits are part of comp rehensive guid elines and estab lish permitted leve ls of RF energy for the general population. The guidelines were developed by independe nt scientific organizations through pe riodic and thorough evaluatio n of scient ific studies. The guidelin es include a subs tantial safety margin de signed to assure the safety of all persons, regardless of age and he al th. The exposure standard for mobile devices employs a u nit of measu remen t know n as th e Speci fic Absorption Rate, or SAR. The SAR limit state d in the internat ional guidelin es is 2.0 watts/kilogram (W/kg)*. Tests for
Additional safety information 83 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved. SAR are conducted using standard operating po sitions with t he device transmitting at its highest certified power level in all tested frequency bands. Although the SAR is determined at the highest certified power level, t he actual SAR of t he device while operating can be well below the maximum value. This is because the device is designed to operate at multiple power levels so as to use only the po wer requ ired to reach th e network. In general, the closer you are to a base station, the lower the power output of the device. The highest SAR value for this device when tested for use at the ear is 0.86 W/kg. SAR values may vary depending on national reporting and testing requirements and the netw ork band. Use of device accessories and enhancements may result in different SAR values . Additional SAR information may be provide d under product information at www.nokia-asia.com. * The SAR limit for mobile devices used by the public is 2. 0 W/kg averaged over 1 0 grams of body tissue. The guidelines incorporate a substant ial margin of safety to give additional protection for the public and to account for any variations in measurements. SAR values may vary depending on national reporting req uirements and the network band. For SAR information in other regions, please look under product information at www .nokia-asia.com. â Battery information This sect ion provides information about battery charging times with the Travel Charger (AC-4) and the Standard Travel Charger (AC-3), talk and stan dby times. Be a w are that t he information in this section is subje ct to change. For more information, contact your ser vic e prov ider . Charging tim es The following charging times are approximate with the BL-6C Li-Ion battery: Travel Ch arger (AC-4) : Up to 1 hour 45 minutes Stan dard Tra vel Cha rger (AC- 3) : Up to 3 hours 30 minutes Talk and standby times Operation times are estimat es only and depend on signal st reng th, phone use, network conditions, features used, battery age and condition (including charging habits), temperatures to which the battery is exposed, and other factors. Talk time : 3 to 4 hours (digital) Standby time: 6 to 10 days
84 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved. Index A Abou t you r de vice vii Activate 59 Activa te a v oice com mand 54 Activa te an e qualise r set 44 Activate or deactiv ate 14 Alarm clock 61 Alarm condi tions 61 Allow n umbers 56 Allow or block adv ertisement s 24 Allow or block multimedia reception 23 An incoming ca ll 10 Answ er a call with the keyp ad lock ed 11 Anten na 6 Anyk ey ans wer 49 Application s etting 58 Assign a key to speed dial 35 Assign a voice t ag t o a command 53 Assign a voice tag t o an entry 36 Automa te voic email 27 Automatic redial 49 B Ba ck cover removing 7 replacing 8 Backl ight t imeout 48 Batteries an d chargers 76 Batte ry chargin g 8 chargin g times 83 information 76 , 83 removing 7 replacing 7 talk and standby times 83 Batte ry information 76 Busine ss cards 39 C Calcula tor 65 Calendar 62 Call and setup voice mail 27 Call duration 31 Call forw arding 59 Call re gister 30 Call re strictions 57 Call s ettings 49 Call s ummary 51 Caller groups 35 Calling c ard 50 Calls answering 10 in-ca ll options 11 mak in g 9 Canc el 59 Care an d mainten ance 79 Certifica tion information (SAR) 82 Change default n umber 35 Change m essage se t tin gs 20 Change sending opt ions 20 Change speed dial numbers 36 Change t im e 67 Charger conne ct ing 8 information 76 time s 83 Choose a banne r 48 Choose Go to fun ctions 5 Clea r the cach e 72 Clear v oice m ail icon 29 Collections 69 Colour sch emes 48 Compose and send 21 Confe rence calling 10 Configu re settings 38 Contac ts list 10 , 34 add 34 delete 38 edit 37 send 39 vie w 38 Count down tim er 66 Crea te a cus tom equal ise r set 44 Currency conve rter 66 D Data or fax calls 51 Data transfer 51
85 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved. Dat e and tim e auto-update 49 Dat e setting 48 Dele te all mes sages in a folder 19 Delete speed dial numbers 36 Deleting ca ll registers 31 Dia l a n umbe r 36 Dialling c odes 28 Display language 52 Display settings 47 , 48 Distribution list 19 DT MF to nes 52 E Eme rg enc y cal ls 82 while using wire less Int ernet 71 wit h keyp ad lo cked 52 En hanceme nt settin gs 54 handsfre e 54 head set 54 loopset 55 music s tand 55 En hanceme nts 75 Extras 69 F Fac to ry set ting s 60 Fea ture codes 59 Fol de rs 40 G Gallery 40 , 42 Game s 69 Get the m ost out of this guide 3 Go to a date 62 Go to functions 5 H Handsfree 54 Ha nds- fre e o perat ion 53 Hea dset 9 , 54 HEARING AIDS 81 Help t ext 4 , 53 I Indicators and icons 2 Inte rnational p refix 51 Inte rrupt time r 67 K Keyg uard 12 automati c 52 Keyp ad 9 Keys and parts 1 L Lang uages 52 Lap and split tim es 68 Last dialle d number 10 Listen t o voic e messa ges 27 Lo ck co de 56 Loopset 55 Loudspe aker 11 M Make ca lls 50 Mea sure time 67 Media equalis er 44 Media player 42 Me dical d evice s 80 Memory 52 , 69 Messag e fol ders 18 Messages delete 19 minibrows er messages 29 te xt message s 15 voice messages 27 Minibrowser 70 Minibrowser duration 33 Minibrowser messages 29 MMS folders 24 MMS sett ings 23 Mobile w eb 70 Mode 58 Mu ltimedia mes sages 22 Music stan d 55
86 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved. N Network se rv ices vii , 59 Nok ia battery authen ticatio n guidelin es 77 Nokia PC Suite 74 Note a s pecific da te 62 Notes 64 Num bers ( 123) 13 O Ope n 62 Ope n fo ld t o an swer 50 Ope rating en viro nment 80 Ope rat ion n ote 68 Opt io ns 43 , 44 , 54, 68 Options while vi ewing a list of not es 63 Organise functions 5 Orga nise r 61 , 65 Othe r MMS se ttings 24 P PACEMAKERS 80 PC c onnectiv ity 73 Personalise a profil e 46 Phone at a glance 1 Pho ne ke ys 71 Phone lock 55 ch ange lo ck co de 56 Pho ne menus 3 Phone num bers with dialling codes 28 Pho ne setting s 52 Pict ure mess ages 21 pict ure mess ages 21 Pot entia lly ex plo sive en viron ments 81 Power saver 48 Predictiv e text 13 Profiles 46 Q Qui c k keys 2 R Radio 42 Read mult imedia message s 26 Rece ive and save 21 Receiv e notes 64 Record spe ech or sound 44 Repeat al arm 61 Reply to multime dia message 26 Restore factory settings 60 Retriev e or reje ct multimedia message s 23 Ringin g tone for no c aller ID 51 Roaming options 58 S Safety vi important safety informati on 80 Save an entry 34 Save co ntact name and num ber 34 Save contact number only 34 Save inform ation 50 Save messages 18 Save numbe rs and te xt items 34 Scr een saver 48 Scrolling 4 Search for a name 38 Securit y feature 4 Sec ur ity sett in gs 55 Send a business card 39 Send a n ote 63 Set time 48 Set length 52 Set or change alarm setting 61 Set th e alarm tone 61 Set th e time r 66 Set ty pe 52 Setting up phone 6 Settings 46 Shared me mory viii Snooze t ime-out 61 Speed dial 49 Speed dials 35 Standard mode 13 Standby mo de 2 Star t scr een 2 Start-u p tone 53 Stopwatch 67 T Talk and standby time s 83 Text (Abc) 13
87 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved. Text en try 13 predictive t ext 13 st and ar d 13 Text m essages 15 Th em es 47 Time and date settings 48 Timed profiles 46 To-do lis t 64 To-do not e add 64 view 65 To ne settings 47 , 58 Tran sfer with Windo ws Explorer 73 Tune and save a radio channel 43 Turn an alarm off 62 turn ph one off 9 Turn ph one on 9 Turn t he radio on and off 42 U UIM ca rd slot 7 USB data transf er 73 V Vehi cl es 81 View call duration 31 call t imes 31 data/fax call duration 32 dialled num bers 31 minibrows er duration 32 missed ca lls 30 received calls 30 sav ed m ess ag es 18 to-do note 65 View notes (day view ) 62 Voice dialling 36 , 53 Voice me ssages 27 Voice privacy 57 Voice recorder 43 Voic e tags 37 Voic email 27 Volu me adjusting 11 using t he loudspe aker 11 W Wallpa per 47 Wireles s Internet 70 make an em erge ncy ca ll 71 receive a call while online 71 sign of f 72 sign on 71 Write and send multimedia me ss age s 24 Write down voice ma ilbox numbe r and process 28